[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025081116A1 - User interfaces for organizing user activities - Google Patents

User interfaces for organizing user activities Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025081116A1
WO2025081116A1 PCT/US2024/051142 US2024051142W WO2025081116A1 WO 2025081116 A1 WO2025081116 A1 WO 2025081116A1 US 2024051142 W US2024051142 W US 2024051142W WO 2025081116 A1 WO2025081116 A1 WO 2025081116A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
subset
user interface
user
impact
user activity
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/US2024/051142
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Yi-Ting Connie TUNG
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Apple Inc
Original Assignee
Apple Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US18/912,506 external-priority patent/US20250125027A1/en
Application filed by Apple Inc filed Critical Apple Inc
Publication of WO2025081116A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025081116A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H20/00ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance
    • G16H20/30ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance relating to physical therapies or activities, e.g. physiotherapy, acupressure or exercising
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/103Measuring devices for testing the shape, pattern, colour, size or movement of the body or parts thereof, for diagnostic purposes
    • A61B5/11Measuring movement of the entire body or parts thereof, e.g. head or hand tremor or mobility of a limb
    • A61B5/1118Determining activity level
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/145Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration or pH-value ; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid or cerebral tissue
    • A61B5/14532Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration or pH-value ; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid or cerebral tissue for measuring glucose, e.g. by tissue impedance measurement
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/72Signal processing specially adapted for physiological signals or for diagnostic purposes
    • A61B5/7271Specific aspects of physiological measurement analysis
    • A61B5/7275Determining trends in physiological measurement data; Predicting development of a medical condition based on physiological measurements, e.g. determining a risk factor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H20/00ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance
    • G16H20/60ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance relating to nutrition control, e.g. diets
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/74Details of notification to user or communication with user or patient; User input means
    • A61B5/742Details of notification to user or communication with user or patient; User input means using visual displays
    • A61B5/743Displaying an image simultaneously with additional graphical information, e.g. symbols, charts, function plots

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates generally to computer user interfaces, and more specifically to techniques for organizing user activities.
  • Computer systems can include applications for organizing user activities. Such systems can receive user input using user interfaces that include one or more graphical elements adapted for use with organizing user activities.
  • Some techniques for organizing user activities using electronic devices are generally cumbersome and inefficient. For example, some existing techniques use a complex and time-consuming user interface, which may include multiple key presses or keystrokes. Existing techniques require more time than necessary, wasting user time and device energy. This latter consideration is particularly important in battery-operated devices.
  • the present technique provides electronic devices with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for organizing user activities. Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or replace other methods for organizing user activities. Such methods and interfaces reduce the cognitive burden on a user and produce a more efficient humanmachine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges.
  • a method, performed at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices includes: displaying, via the display generation component, a task selection user interface with a set of one or more selectable task user interface objects, the set of one or more selectable task user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a first subset of a recurring time period meets a first set of criteria, a first selectable task user interface object that corresponds to a first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a second subset of the recurring time period, different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets the first set of criteria, a second selectable task user interface object that corresponds to a second type of user activity to be performed during the second subset of the recurring time period; while displaying the task selection user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices is described.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a task selection user interface with a set of one or more selectable task user interface objects, the set of one or more selectable task user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a first subset of a recurring time period meets a first set of criteria, a first selectable task user interface object that corresponds to a first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a second subset of the recurring time period, different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets the first set of criteria, a second selectable task user interface object that corresponds to a second type of user activity to be performed during the second subset of the recurring time period; while displaying the task selection user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first set of one or more inputs; and in response to the receiving the first set of one or more inputs: in accordance with a determination that the first
  • a transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a task selection user interface with a set of one or more selectable task user interface objects, the set of one or more selectable task user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a first subset of a recurring time period meets a first set of criteria, a first selectable task user interface object that corresponds to a first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a second subset of the recurring time period, different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets the first set of criteria, a second selectable task user interface object that corresponds to a second type of user activity to be performed during the second subset of the
  • a computer system includes: a display generation component; one or more input devices; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a task selection user interface with a set of one or more selectable task user interface objects, the set of one or more selectable task user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a first subset of a recurring time period meets a first set of criteria, a first selectable task user interface object that corresponds to a first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a second subset of the recurring time period, different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets the first set of criteria, a second selectable task user interface object that corresponds to a second type of user activity to be performed during the second subset of the
  • a computer system including a display generation component and one or more input devices.
  • the computer system also includes: means for displaying, via the display generation component, a task selection user interface with a set of one or more selectable task user interface objects, the set of one or more selectable task user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a first subset of a recurring time period meets a first set of criteria, a first selectable task user interface object that corresponds to a first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a second subset of the recurring time period, different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets the first set of criteria, a second selectable task user interface object that corresponds to a second type of user activity to be performed during the second subset of the recurring time period; means for, while displaying the task selection user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first set
  • a method, performed at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices includes: displaying, via the display generation component, a goal creation user interface with a set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects, the set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination that a first type of user activity performed for a first subset of a recurring time period meets a first set of criteria, a first selectable goal creation user interface object that corresponds to the first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that a second type of user activity performed for a second subset of a recurring time period, different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets a first set of criteria, a second selectable goal creation user interface object that corresponds to the second type of user activity to be performed during the second subset of the recurring time period; while displaying the goal
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices is described.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a goal creation user interface with a set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects, the set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination that a first type of user activity performed for a first subset of a recurring time period meets a first set of criteria, a first selectable goal creation user interface object that corresponds to the first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that a second type of user activity performed for a second subset of a recurring time period, different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets a first set of criteria, a second selectable goal creation user interface object that corresponds to the second type of user activity to be performed during the second subset of the recurring time period; while displaying the goal creation user interface, receiving a first set of one or more inputs; and in response to the receiving the first set of one or more inputs: in accordance
  • a transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a goal creation user interface with a set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects, the set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination that a first type of user activity performed for a first subset of a recurring time period meets a first set of criteria, a first selectable goal creation user interface object that corresponds to the first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that a second type of user activity performed for a second subset of a recurring time period, different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets a first set of criteria, a second selectable goal creation user interface object that corresponds to
  • a computer system includes: a display generation component; one or more input devices; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a goal creation user interface with a set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects, the set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination that a first type of user activity performed for a first subset of a recurring time period meets a first set of criteria, a first selectable goal creation user interface object that corresponds to the first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that a second type of user activity performed for a second subset of a recurring time period, different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets a first set of criteria, a second selectable goal creation user interface object that corresponds to
  • a computer system including a display generation component and one or more input devices.
  • the computer system also includes: means for displaying, via the display generation component, a goal creation user interface with a set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects, the set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination that a first type of user activity performed for a first subset of a recurring time period meets a first set of criteria, a first selectable goal creation user interface object that corresponds to the first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that a second type of user activity performed for a second subset of a recurring time period, different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets a first set of criteria, a second selectable goal creation user interface object that corresponds to the second type of user activity to be performed during the second subset of the recurring time period; means for, while displaying the goal creation user interface
  • a method, performed at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices includes: accessing data corresponding to a first set of occurrences of user activity, the data including: first data that includes an indication of an impact of a first subset of user activity on a first physiological parameter; and second data that includes an indication of an impact of a second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter; receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request to display the first user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, the first user interface, including: displaying a first graphical representation of the first data that corresponds to the first subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a first set of impact level criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, is described.
  • the one or more programs including instructions for: accessing data corresponding to a first set of occurrences of user activity, the data including: first data that includes an indication of an impact of a first subset of user activity on a first physiological parameter; and second data that includes an indication of an impact of a second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter; receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request to display the first user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, the first user interface, including: displaying a first graphical representation of the first data that corresponds to the first subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a first set of impact level criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a second set of impact level criteria, different from the first
  • a transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices.
  • the one or more programs including instructions for: accessing data corresponding to a first set of occurrences of user activity, the data including: first data that includes an indication of an impact of a first subset of user activity on a first physiological parameter; and second data that includes an indication of an impact of a second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter; receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request to display the first user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, the first user interface, including: displaying a first graphical representation of the first data that corresponds to the first subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a first set of impact
  • a computer system configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, is described.
  • the computer system comprises one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs including instructions for: accessing data corresponding to a first set of occurrences of user activity, the data including: first data that includes an indication of an impact of a first subset of user activity on a first physiological parameter; and second data that includes an indication of an impact of a second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter; receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request to display the first user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, the first user interface, including: displaying a first graphical representation of the first data that corresponds to the first subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a first set of impact level criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a second set of impact level criteria, different from the first
  • a computer system configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices.
  • the computer system comprising: means for accessing data corresponding to a first set of occurrences of user activity, the data including: first data that includes an indication of an impact of a first subset of user activity on a first physiological parameter; and second data that includes an indication of an impact of a second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter; means for receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a first user interface; and means, in response to receiving the request to display the first user interface, for displaying, via the display generation component, the first user interface, including: means for displaying a first graphical representation of the first data that corresponds to the first subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a first set of impact level criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a first region of the first user interface; and in
  • Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors.
  • devices are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for organizing user activities, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices.
  • Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace other methods for organizing user activities.
  • FIG. 1 A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. IB is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 3 A is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 3B-3G illustrate the use of Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) to perform operations.
  • APIs Application Programming Interfaces
  • FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 5 A illustrates a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 5B is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 6A-6AM illustrate exemplary user interfaces for logging and/or organizing user activities (e.g., during a subset of a recurring time period), in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 8A-8B are a flow diagram illustrating a method for logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 9 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for organizing user activities, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • electronic devices that provide efficient methods and interfaces for organizing user activities. Further, electronic devices should provide displays of logged user activities during a subset of a recurring time period along with other user data in order for a user to determine the effects of performing user activities. Such techniques can reduce the cognitive burden on a user who log user activities during a subset of a recurring time period, thereby enhancing productivity. Further, such techniques can reduce processor and battery power otherwise wasted on redundant user inputs.
  • FIGS. 1 A-1B, 2, 3A-3G, 4A-4B, and 5A-5B provide a description of exemplary devices for performing the techniques for managing event notifications.
  • FIGS. 1 A-1B, 2, 3A-3G, 4A-4B, and 5A-5B provide a description of exemplary devices for performing the techniques for managing event notifications.
  • FIGS. 6A-6AM illustrate exemplary user interfaces logging and/or organizing user activities (e.g., during a subset of a recurring time period).
  • FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 8A-8B are a flow diagram illustrating methods of logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 9 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for organizing user activities, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the user interfaces in FIGS. 6A-6AM are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIG. 7, FIGS. 8A-8B, and FIG. 9.
  • first means “first,” “second,” etc. to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by the terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first touch could be termed a second touch, and, similarly, a second touch could be termed a first touch, without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. The first touch and the second touch are both touches, but they are not the same touch.
  • the term “if’ is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context.
  • the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context.
  • the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions.
  • portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California.
  • Other portable electronic devices such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touchpads), are, optionally, used.
  • the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touch- sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screen display and/or a touchpad).
  • the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with a display generation component.
  • the display generation component is configured to provide visual output, such as display via a CRT display, display via an LED display, or display via image projection.
  • the display generation component is integrated with the computer system.
  • the display generation component is separate from the computer system.
  • displaying includes causing to display the content (e.g., video data rendered or decoded by display controller 156) by transmitting, via a wired or wireless connection, data (e.g., image data or video data) to an integrated or external display generation component to visually produce the content.
  • content e.g., video data rendered or decoded by display controller 1566
  • data e.g., image data or video data
  • an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a joystick.
  • the device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.
  • applications such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.
  • the various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface.
  • One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application.
  • a common physical architecture (such as the touch- sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user.
  • FIG. 1 A is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive display system 112 in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Touch- sensitive display 112 is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience and is sometimes known as or called a “touch-sensitive display system.”
  • Device 100 includes memory 102 (which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage mediums), memory controller 122, one or more processing units (CPUs) 120, peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, input/output (I/O) subsystem 106, other input control devices 116, and external port 124.
  • Device 100 optionally includes one or more optical sensors 164.
  • Device 100 optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on device 100 (e.g., a touch- sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100).
  • Device 100 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs on device 100 (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch- sensitive display system 112 of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300).
  • These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 103.
  • the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors.
  • one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact.
  • a pressuresensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch- sensitive surface.
  • the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements).
  • the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure).
  • the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure.
  • the term “tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user’s sense of touch.
  • a component e.g., a touch-sensitive surface
  • another component e.g., housing
  • the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device.
  • a touch-sensitive surface e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad
  • the user is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physical actuator button.
  • a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user’s movements.
  • movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users.
  • a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “up click,” a “down click,” “roughness”)
  • the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user.
  • device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device 100 optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components.
  • the various components shown in FIG. 1 A are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application-specific integrated circuits.
  • Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices.
  • Memory controller 122 optionally controls access to memory 102 by other components of device 100.
  • Peripherals interface 118 can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU 120 and memory 102.
  • the one or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 102 to perform various functions for device 100 and to process data.
  • peripherals interface 118, CPU 120, and memory controller 122 are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104. In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips.
  • RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals.
  • RF circuitry 108 converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals.
  • RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth.
  • an antenna system an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth.
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • RF circuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication.
  • the RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communication radio.
  • NFC near field communication
  • the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LEE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.1 In, and/or IEEE 802.1 lac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g.,
  • Audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, and microphone 113 provide an audio interface between a user and device 100.
  • Audio circuitry 110 receives audio data from peripherals interface 118, converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker 111.
  • Speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves.
  • Audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted by microphone 113 from sound waves.
  • Audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or RF circuitry 108 by peripherals interface 118.
  • audio circuitry 110 also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212, FIG. 2).
  • the headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry 110 and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a
  • I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on device 100, such as touch screen 112 and other input control devices 116, to peripherals interface 118.
  • I/O subsystem 106 optionally includes display controller 156, optical sensor controller 158, depth camera controller 169, intensity sensor controller 159, haptic feedback controller 161, and one or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices.
  • the one or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signals from/to other input control devices 116.
  • the other input control devices 116 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth.
  • input controlled s) 160 are, optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse.
  • the one or more buttons optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker 111 and/or microphone 113.
  • the one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g., 206, FIG. 2).
  • the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with one or more input devices.
  • the one or more input devices include a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a trackpad, as part of a touch-sensitive display).
  • the one or more input devices include one or more camera sensors (e.g., one or more optical sensors 164 and/or one or more depth camera sensors 175), such as for tracking a user’s gestures (e.g., hand gestures) as input.
  • the one or more input devices are integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are separate from the computer system.
  • a quick press of the push button optionally disengages a lock of touch screen 112 or optionally begins a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. Patent Application 11/322,549, “Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image,” filed December 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No. 7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • a longer press of the push button e.g., 206) optionally turns power to device 100 on or off.
  • the functionality of one or more of the buttons are, optionally, user-customizable.
  • Touch screen 112 is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards.
  • Touch-sensitive display 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user.
  • Display controller 156 receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen 112.
  • Touch screen 112 displays visual output to the user.
  • the visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output optionally corresponds to user-interface objects.
  • Touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact.
  • Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen 112 and convert the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch screen 112.
  • user-interface objects e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images
  • a point of contact between touch screen 112 and the user corresponds to a finger of the user.
  • Touch screen 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments.
  • Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen 112.
  • touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen 112.
  • projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone® and iPod Touch® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California.
  • a touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 is, optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads described in the following U.S. Patents: 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • touch screen 112 displays visual output from device 100, whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output.
  • a touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 is described in the following applications: (1) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. Patent Application No. 10/840,862, “Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. Patent Application No. 10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed July 30, 2004; (4) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/048,264, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed January 31, 2005; (5) U.S. Patent Application No.
  • Touch screen 112 optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi.
  • the user optionally makes contact with touch screen 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth.
  • the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylusbased input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen.
  • the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user.
  • device 100 in addition to the touch screen, device 100 optionally includes a touchpad for activating or deactivating particular functions.
  • the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output.
  • the touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.
  • Device 100 also includes power system 162 for powering the various components.
  • Power system 162 optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices.
  • power sources e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)
  • AC alternating current
  • a recharging system e.g., a recharging system
  • a power failure detection circuit e.g., a power failure detection circuit
  • a power converter or inverter e.g., a power converter or inverter
  • a power status indicator e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more optical sensors 164.
  • FIG. 1 A shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106.
  • Optical sensor 164 optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors.
  • CCD charge-coupled device
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide semiconductor
  • Optical sensor 164 receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lenses, and converts the light to data representing an image.
  • imaging module 143 also called a camera module
  • optical sensor 164 optionally captures still images or video.
  • an optical sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112 on the front of the device so that the touch screen display is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition.
  • an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user’s image is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display.
  • the position of optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor 164 is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more depth camera sensors 175.
  • FIG. 1 A shows a depth camera sensor coupled to depth camera controller 169 in I/O subsystem 106.
  • Depth camera sensor 175 receives data from the environment to create a three dimensional model of an object (e.g., a face) within a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., a depth camera sensor).
  • a viewpoint e.g., a depth camera sensor
  • depth camera sensor 175 in conjunction with imaging module 143 (also called a camera module), depth camera sensor 175 is optionally used to determine a depth map of different portions of an image captured by the imaging module 143.
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165.
  • FIG. 1A shows a contact intensity sensor coupled to intensity sensor controller 159 in VO subsystem 106.
  • Contact intensity sensor 165 optionally includes one or more piezoresi stive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface).
  • Contact intensity sensor 165 receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment.
  • contact intensity information e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information
  • the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen 112 when the multifunction device is placed near the user’s ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call).
  • At least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device 100) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device 100).
  • a touch-sensitive surface e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112
  • at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112, which is located on the front of device 100.
  • information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers.
  • Device 100 optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s) 168, a magnetometer and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device 100.
  • GPS or GLONASS or other global navigation system
  • the software components stored in memory 102 include operating system 126, communication module (or set of instructions) 128, contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130, graphics module (or set of instructions) 132, text input module (or set of instructions) 134, Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135, and applications (or sets of instructions) 136.
  • memory 102 FIG. 1 A
  • 370 FIG. 3A
  • stores device/global internal state 157 as shown in FIGS. 1A and 3 A.
  • External port 124 e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.
  • USB Universal Serial Bus
  • FIREWIRE FireWire
  • the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with, the 30-pin connector used on iPod® (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices.
  • Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact with touch screen 112 (in conjunction with display controller 156) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel).
  • Contact/motion module 130 includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact).
  • Contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface.
  • Determining movement of the point of contact which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts).
  • contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contact on a touchpad.
  • contact/motion module 130 uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” on an icon).
  • at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device 100). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen display hardware.
  • Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects a gesture input by a user.
  • Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts).
  • a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern.
  • detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon).
  • detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event.
  • Graphics module 132 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen 112 or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed.
  • graphics includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including, without limitation, text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like.
  • graphics module 132 stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller 156.
  • Applications 136 optionally include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
  • Contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact list);
  • Widget creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149-6; Search module 151;
  • Video and music player module 152 which merges video player module and music player module
  • Map module 154 • Map module 154;
  • Examples of other applications 136 that are, optionally, stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication.
  • contacts module 137 are, optionally, used to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone module 138, video conference module 139, e-mail client module 140, or IM module 141; and so forth.
  • an address book or contact list e.g., stored in application internal state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370
  • telephone module 138 are optionally, used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in contacts module 137, modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed.
  • the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies.
  • video conference module 139 includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.
  • transmitted and/or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS).
  • EMS Enhanced Messaging Service
  • instant messaging refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS).
  • workout support module 142 includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store, and transmit workout data.
  • create workouts e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals
  • communicate with workout sensors sports devices
  • receive workout sensor data calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout
  • select and play music for a workout and display, store, and transmit workout data.
  • camera module 143 includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory 102, modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory 102.
  • image management module 144 includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images.
  • modify e.g., edit
  • present e.g., in a digital slide show or album
  • browser module 147 includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages.
  • widget modules 149 are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary widget 149-5) or created by the user (e.g., user- created widget 149-6).
  • a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file.
  • notes module 153 includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions.
  • map module 154 are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions.
  • maps e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data
  • Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein).
  • These modules e.g., sets of instructions
  • video player module is, optionally, combined with music player module into a single module (e.g., video and music player module 152, FIG. 1A).
  • memory 102 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above.
  • memory 102 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.
  • device 100 is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad.
  • a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device 100, the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device 100 is, optionally, reduced.
  • FIG. IB is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
  • memory 102 (FIG. 1 A) or 370 (FIG. 3A) includes event sorter 170 (e.g., in operating system 126) and a respective application 136-1 (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications 137-151, 155, 380-390).
  • Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines the application 136-1 and application view 191 of application 136-1 to which to deliver the event information.
  • Event sorter 170 includes event monitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174.
  • application 136-1 includes application internal state 192, which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display 112 when the application is active or executing.
  • device/global internal state 157 is used by event sorter 170 to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state 192 is used by event sorter 170 to determine application views 191 to which to deliver event information.
  • Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface 118.
  • Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch- sensitive display 112, as part of a multi-touch gesture).
  • Peripherals interface 118 transmits information it receives from VO subsystem 106 or a sensor, such as proximity sensor 166, accelerometer(s) 168, and/or microphone 113 (through audio circuitry 110).
  • Information that peripherals interface 118 receives from VO subsystem 106 includes information from touch- sensitive display 112 or a touch-sensitive surface.
  • Hit view determination module 172 provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views when touch-sensitive display 112 displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display.
  • Hit view determination module 172 receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module 172 identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of subevents that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module 172, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view.
  • Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views.
  • Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module 173, event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module 173. In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver 182.
  • an event recognizer e.g., event recognizer 180.
  • event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module 173.
  • event dispatcher module 174 stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver 182.
  • operating system 126 includes event sorter 170.
  • application 136-1 includes event sorter 170.
  • event sorter 170 is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory 102, such as contact/motion module 130.
  • application 136-1 includes a plurality of event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application’s user interface.
  • Each application view 191 of the application 136-1 includes one or more event recognizers 180.
  • a respective application view 191 includes a plurality of event recognizers 180.
  • one or more of event recognizers 180 are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit or a higher level object from which application 136-1 inherits methods and other properties.
  • one or more of the application views 191 include one or more respective event handlers 190. Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater 176, object updater
  • GUI updater 178 is included in a respective application view 191.
  • Event receiver 182 receives event information from event sorter 170.
  • the event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement.
  • the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event.
  • the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event.
  • events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device.
  • the definition for a respective event (187) also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer’s event type.
  • a respective event recognizer 180 includes metadata 183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers.
  • metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another.
  • metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy.
  • event delivery instructions 188 include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process.
  • event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices 100 with input devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens.
  • mouse movement and mouse button presses optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized.
  • Device 100 optionally also include one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button 204.
  • menu button 204 is, optionally, used to navigate to any application 136 in a set of applications that are, optionally, executed on device 100.
  • the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen 112.
  • FIG. 3 A is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Device 300 need not be portable.
  • device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child’s learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller).
  • Device 300 typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs) 310, one or more network or other communications interfaces 360, memory 370, and one or more communication buses 320 for interconnecting these components.
  • CPUs processing units
  • Communication buses 320 optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components.
  • Device 300 includes input/output (I/O) interface 330 comprising display 340, which is typically a touch screen display.
  • I/O interface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device) 350 and touchpad 355, tactile output generator 357 for generating tactile outputs on device 300 (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s) 167 described above with reference to FIG. 1 A), sensors 359 (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 165 described above with reference to FIG. 1 A).
  • sensors 359 e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 165 described above with reference to FIG. 1 A).
  • memory 370 of device 300 optionally stores drawing module 380, presentation module 382, word processing module 384, website creation module 386, disk authoring module 388, and/or spreadsheet module 390, while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1 A) optionally does not store these modules.
  • Each of the above-identified elements in FIG. 3 A is, optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices.
  • Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above.
  • the aboveidentified modules or programs (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments.
  • memory 370 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.
  • Implementations within the scope of the present disclosure include a computer- readable storage medium that encodes instructions organized as an application (e.g., application 3160) that, when executed by one or more processing units, control an electronic device (e.g., device 3150) to perform the method of FIG. 3B, the method of FIG. 3C, and/or one or more other processes and/or methods described herein.
  • an application e.g., application 3160
  • an electronic device e.g., device 3150
  • application 3160 is an application that is provided via an application store.
  • the application store can be an application store that is pre-installed on device 3150 at purchase (e.g., a first-party application store).
  • the application store is a third-party application store (e.g., an application store that is provided by another application store, downloaded via a network, and/or read from a storage device).
  • application 3160 obtains information (e.g., 3010).
  • information is obtained from at least one hardware component of device 3150.
  • information is obtained from at least one software module of device 3150.
  • information is obtained from at least one hardware component external to device 3150 (e.g., a peripheral device, an accessory device, and/or a server).
  • the information obtained at 3010 includes positional information, time information, notification information, user information, environment information, electronic device state information, weather information, media information, historical information, event information, hardware information, and/or motion information.
  • application 3160 in response to and/or after obtaining the information at 3010, application 3160 provides the information to a system (e.g., 3020).
  • application 3160 obtains information (e.g., 3030).
  • the information obtained at 3030 includes positional information, time information, notification information, user information, environment information electronic device state information, weather information, media information, historical information, event information, hardware information, and/or motion information.
  • application 3160 performs an operation with the information (e.g., 3040).
  • the operation performed at 3040 includes: providing a notification based on the information, sending a message based on the information, displaying the information, controlling a user interface of a fitness application based on the information, controlling a user interface of a health application based on the information, controlling a focus mode based on the information, setting a reminder based on the information, adding a calendar entry based on the information, and/or calling an API of system 3110 based on the information.
  • one or more steps of the method of FIG. 3B and/or the method of FIG. 3C includes calling an API (e.g., API 3190) using one or more parameters defined by the API.
  • the one or more parameters include a constant, a key, a data structure, an object, an object class, a variable, a data type, a pointer, an array, a list or a pointer to a function or method, and/or another way to reference a data or other item to be passed via the API.
  • API-calling module 3180 makes an API call via API 3190 to access and use a feature of implementation module 3100 that is specified by API 3190.
  • implementation module 3100 can return a value via API 3190 to API- calling module 3180 in response to the API call.
  • the value can report to application 3160 the capabilities or state of a hardware component of device 3150, including those related to aspects such as input capabilities and state, output capabilities and state, processing capability, power state, storage capacity and state, and/or communications capability.
  • API 3190 is implemented in part by firmware, microcode, or other low level logic that executes in part on the hardware component.
  • the sensor API is an API for accessing data associated with a sensor of device 3150.
  • the sensor API can provide access to raw sensor data.
  • the sensor API can provide data derived (and/or generated) from the raw sensor data.
  • the sensor data includes temperature data, image data, video data, audio data, heart rate data, IMU (inertial measurement unit) data, lidar data, location data, GPS data, and/or camera data.
  • the sensor includes one or more of an accelerometer, temperature sensor, infrared sensor, optical sensor, heartrate sensor, barometer, gyroscope, proximity sensor, temperature sensor, and/or biometric sensor.
  • implementation module 3100 returns a value through API 3190 in response to an API call from API-calling module 3180. While API 3190 defines the syntax and result of an API call (e.g., how to invoke the API call and what the API call does), API 3190 might not reveal how implementation module 3100 accomplishes the function specified by the API call.
  • Various API calls are transferred via the one or more application programming interfaces between API-calling module 3180 and implementation module 3100. Transferring the API calls can include issuing, initiating, invoking, calling, receiving, returning, and/or responding to the function calls or messages. In other words, transferring can describe actions by either of API-calling module 3180 or implementation module 3100.
  • a function call or other invocation of API 3190 sends and/or receives one or more parameters through a parameter list or other structure.
  • implementation module 3100 provides more than one API, each providing a different view of or with different aspects of functionality implemented by implementation module 3100.
  • one API of implementation module 3100 can provide a first set of functions and can be exposed to third-party developers, and another API of implementation module 3100 can be hidden (e.g., not exposed) and provide a subset of the first set of functions and also provide another set of functions, such as testing or debugging functions which are not in the first set of functions.
  • implementation module 3100 calls one or more other components via an underlying API and thus is both an API-calling module and an implementation module.
  • implementation module 3100 can include additional functions, methods, classes, data structures, and/or other features that are not specified through API 3190 and are not available to API-calling module 3180. It should also be recognized that API-calling module 3180 can be on the same system as implementation module 3100 or can be located remotely and access implementation module 3100 using API 3190 over a network.
  • implementation module 3100, API 3190, and/or API-calling module 3180 is stored in a machine-readable medium, which includes any mechanism for storing information in a form readable by a machine (e.g., a computer or other data processing system).
  • a machine-readable medium can include magnetic disks, optical disks, random access memory; read only memory, and/or flash memory devices.
  • Some APIs enable particular capabilities (e.g., scrolling, handwriting, text entry, image editing, and/or image creation) to be accessed, performed, and/or used by a software process (e.g., generating outputs for use by a software process based on input from the software process).
  • Some APIs enable content from a software process to be inserted into a template and displayed in a user interface that has a layout and/or behaviors that are specified by the template.
  • Many software platforms include a set of frameworks that provides the core objects and core behaviors that a software developer needs to build software applications that can be used on the software platform. Software developers use these objects to display content onscreen, to interact with that content, and to manage interactions with the software platform.
  • An API will typically specify a format for communication between software processes, including specifying and grouping available variables, functions, and protocols.
  • the application can be any suitable type of application, including, for example, one or more of: a browser application, an application that functions as an execution environment for plug-ins, widgets or other applications, a fitness application, a health application, a digital payments application, a media application, a social network application, a messaging application, and/or a maps application.
  • FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device 100 in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implemented on device 300.
  • user interface 400 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • icon labels illustrated in FIG. 4A are merely exemplary.
  • icon 422 for video and music player module 152 is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.”
  • Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons.
  • a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective application icon.
  • a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon.
  • a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact).
  • a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact).
  • multiple user inputs it should be understood that multiple computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously.
  • Device 500 has bus 512 that operatively couples VO section 514 with one or more computer processors 516 and memory 518.
  • I/O section 514 can be connected to display 504, which can have touch-sensitive component 522 and, optionally, intensity sensor 524 (e.g., contact intensity sensor).
  • I/O section 514 can be connected with communication unit 530 for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication techniques.
  • Device 500 can include input mechanisms 506 and/or 508.
  • Input mechanism 506 is, optionally, a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, for example.
  • Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a button, in some examples.
  • a detected contact on the touch screen acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input.
  • an input e.g., a press input by the contact
  • a particular user interface element e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element
  • a focus selector e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box
  • a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device).
  • the set of one or more intensity thresholds optionally includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold.
  • a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation
  • a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation
  • a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second threshold results in a third operation.
  • a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation or forgo performing the respective operation), rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation.
  • a portion of a gesture is identified for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity.
  • a touch-sensitive surface optionally receives a continuous swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an end location, at which point the intensity of the contact increases.
  • the characteristic intensity of the contact at the end location is, optionally, based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact, and not the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location).
  • a smoothing algorithm is, optionally, applied to the intensities of the swipe contact prior to determining the characteristic intensity of the contact.
  • the intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, characterized relative to one or more intensity thresholds, such as a contact-detection intensity threshold, a light press intensity threshold, a deep press intensity threshold, and/or one or more other intensity thresholds.
  • the light press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad.
  • the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations that are different from operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad.
  • the device when a contact is detected with a characteristic intensity below the light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is no longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in accordance with movement of the contact on the touch- sensitive surface without performing an operation associated with the light press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold.
  • a characteristic intensity below the light press intensity threshold e.g., and above a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is no longer detected
  • these intensity thresholds are consistent between different sets of user interface figures.
  • An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the light press intensity threshold to an intensity between the light press intensity threshold and the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a “light press” input.
  • An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the deep press intensity threshold to an intensity above the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a “deep press” input.
  • An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity between the contact-detection intensity threshold and the light press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the touch-surface.
  • a decrease of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity above the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the contact from the touch-surface.
  • the contact-detection intensity threshold is zero. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is greater than zero.
  • the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., an “up stroke” of the respective press input).
  • the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., an “up stroke” of the respective press input).
  • the operation is, optionally, performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than, the press-input intensity threshold.
  • FIGS. 6A-6AM illustrate exemplary user interfaces for logging and/or organizing user activities (e.g., during a subset of a recurring time period), in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 7, 8A-8B, and 9.
  • FIG. 6A illustrates electronic device 600 (e.g., a smart phone) displaying introductory user interface 606 on touchscreen display 602.
  • device 600 includes one or more features of devices 100, 300, and/or 500.
  • the current date is August 1, as indicated by the text (which is provided to improve understanding and is not part of the displayed interface) above device 600, and the current time is 08:00, as shown by time indication 604.
  • Introductory user interface 606 introduces the glucose monitoring feature and includes continue affordance 606a.
  • introductory user interface 606 includes multiple, separate screens of content that describe the glucose monitoring feature in greater detail during onboarding.
  • device 600 receives one or more inputs to initiate and complete onboarding for the glucose monitoring feature.
  • FIG. 6B depicts device 600 displaying, on touchscreen display 602, hourly log user interface 610.
  • Hourly log user interface 610 includes graph region 612, which includes day of the week indicators 612a (e.g., “S” for Sunday, “M” for Monday, and so forth) and chart region 612b, which currently reads “NO CHART DATA AVAILABLE.”
  • day of the week indicators 612a can be selected, causing device 600 to display chart data for the selected day.
  • chart data becomes available after a predetermined amount of data (e.g., blood glucose data) has been received by device 600.
  • the blood glucose data is provided by a continuous blood glucose monitor, worn by a user of device 600, that is in communication with device 600.
  • Hourly log user interface 610 further includes log region 614.
  • Log region 614 includes meal logging affordance 614a, activity logging affordance 614b, and mood logging affordance 614c.
  • Hourly log user interface 610 also includes hours tab affordance 616a and settings tab affordance 616b.
  • selection of setting tab affordance 616b causes device 600 to display a settings user interface.
  • the settings user interface includes a variety of options, some of which could be reviewing collected data, adjusting time frames, viewing policies, customizing measurement units.
  • Log entry creation user interface 618 includes item selection region 620.
  • item selection region 620 displays common foods that a user can select for logging.
  • item selection region 620 when logging an activity, includes selectable affordances corresponding to various activities (e.g., walking, biking, meditating).
  • item selection region 620 when logging a mood, includes selectable affordances corresponding to various moods/sentiments (e.g., feelings (e.g., anxious, excited, tired)).
  • Device 600 receives tap inputs 622a and 622b corresponding to selection of bread affordance 620a and salad affordance 620b, respectively.
  • the quadrants are not equal periods of time within a 24-hour period (e.g., two 5-hour periods and two 7-hour periods; longer period of time for the overnight quadrant).
  • the subsets of a recurring time period are different than quadrants (e.g., the day is divided into sextants or octants or a week is divided into individual days).
  • a full day is the recurring period of time, without further divisions.
  • the recurring periods of time are selected (e.g., customized) by the user.
  • Log entry 614d further includes optional details that specify the type of food (e.g., “SOURDOUGH ROLL” is a type of “BREAD”).
  • “SOURDOUGH ROLL” has been specified below “BREAD” and selectable “ADD DETAIL. . .” is displayed below “SALAD” as a prompt to add details (e.g., notes, specify the type of salad).
  • selecting “ADD DETAIL. . .” causes device 600 to display a text entry field and a keyboard.
  • device 600 ceases display of “ADD DETAIL. ..” and displays the inputted text.
  • Log entry 614d optionally includes a selectable affordance 614dl (e.g., icon with the three dots) to view details and edit (e.g., add or remove types of food) or delete the log entry.
  • device 600 in response to selecting affordance 614dlor log entry 614d, device 600 displays a log detail user interface containing specific details about the log entry (e.g., a glucose graph, date, time, and options to edit, duplicate, or delete the log entry).
  • a log detail user interface containing specific details about the log entry (e.g., a glucose graph, date, time, and options to edit, duplicate, or delete the log entry).
  • device 600 displays meal glyph 612d along chart line 612c. Meal glyph 612d is displayed at a time, e.g., 12:00, along chart region 612b, corresponding to the time that the meal was consumed.
  • a corresponding activity or mood glyph would be displayed along chart line 612c.
  • meal, activity, and mood glyphs are selectable user interface objects, that, when selected, causes device 600 to display a log detail user interface corresponding to the log entry.
  • previously collected data within chart region 612b includes meal glyphs along chart line 612c at the times corresponding to each log entry for a morning meal (e.g., toast) and an afternoon meal (e.g., pasta), as shown in log region 614.
  • a morning meal e.g., toast
  • an afternoon meal e.g., pasta
  • Action notification 626 indicates that the baseline phase is now complete and next phase (e.g., the action phase) of the glucose monitoring feature is available.
  • action notification 626 is displayed after a minimum amount of time has passed since the start of the baseline phase (e.g., starting data collection).
  • action notification 626 is displayed after enough physiological data (e.g., blood glucose measurements) have been received by device 600.
  • action notification 626 is displayed after enough elevated blood glucose measurements have been received by device 600.
  • Action notification 626 includes continue affordance 626a (e.g., “CHOOSE ACTION ITEMS”).
  • Device 600 detects tap input 628 corresponding to selection of continue affordance 626a, and in response to tap input 628, device 600 initiates action phase set up.
  • Baseline summary user interface 630 of FIG. 61 further includes morning baseline affordance 632.
  • Morning baseline affordance 632 shows morning baseline graph 632a, which is a visual representation of elevated data received by device 600 during morning quadrant (e.g., period of time in the morning (e.g., from 04:00 to 10:00)) during the baseline phase (e.g., onboarding phase, initial phase, sensor phase), and morning elevation value 632b.
  • morning baseline graph 632a depicts the instance (e.g., the single morning (e.g., the morning of August 8 th )) having the most elevated physiological data received by device 600 during the morning quadrant of the baseline phase.
  • morning baseline graph 632a is based on (e.g., derived from) all physiological data (e.g., displayed as an average) received by device 600 during the morning quadrant of the baseline phase (e.g., lasting 10 days; for a week).
  • baseline summary user interface 630 presents subsets of a recurring time period (e.g., a day; a week) different than quadrants (e.g., the day is divided into sextants or octants or a week is divided into individual days).
  • selection of view all morning data affordance 632c causes device 600 to display a user interface having one or more graphs, including morning baseline graph 632a, corresponding to physiological data (e.g., blood glucose measurements) received by device 600 during the morning quadrant (e.g., period of time in the morning (e.g., from 04:00 to 10:00)) of the baseline phase.
  • device 600 in response to selection of view all morning data affordance 632c, displays graphs corresponding to instances of receiving elevated physiological data (e.g., measurements above a threshold).
  • Baseline summary user interface 630 includes selectable view all evening data affordance 634c, which is analogous to selectable view all morning data affordance 632c.
  • device 600 displays affordances corresponding to physiological data received during the morning, evening, and overnight quadrants during the baseline phase (e.g., an initial period of time (e.g., ten days, a week)) and does not display an affordance corresponding to physiological data received during the afternoon quadrant (e.g., period of time in the afternoon (e.g., from 10:00 to 16:00)).
  • device 600 determines, based on the received physiological data, the one or more portions of the day having the most elevated blood glucose measurements (e.g., during the baseline phase) and displays baseline affordances accordingly.
  • the portions of the day having the most elevated blood glucose measurements, and therefore are displayed by device 600 contain the highest measurements (e.g., the three highest measurements as between the four quadrants of the day). In some embodiments, the portions of the day that are displayed by device 600 have the highest elevation values. In some embodiments, the portions of the day that are displayed by device 600 have more time spent in an elevated measurement state. Therefore, in some embodiments, device 600 displays a combination of the morning, afternoon, evening, and overnight quadrants. In some embodiments, device 600 displays affordances corresponding to each quadrant (e.g., morning, afternoon, evening, overnight).
  • device 600 receives tap input 640 corresponding to selection of continue affordance 630b.
  • device 600 displays, on touchscreen display 602, task selection user interface 642, as shown in FIG. 6K.
  • Task selection user interface 642 currently includes morning task affordance 644, evening task affordance 646, and a portion of overnight task affordance 648.
  • Each task affordance e.g., 644, 646, 648) includes a number of selectable tasks (e.g., three) to be chosen to be performed during the specified part of the day (e.g., morning, evening).
  • Selectable task 646a (which reads, “TRY AN ACTIVITY DURING DINNER”) is a task to be performed during the evening quadrant (e.g., period of time during the evening (e.g., from 16:00 to 22:00)) to affect blood glucose measurements received by device 600 during the same period of time.
  • Selectable task 648b (which reads, “TRY SMALLER PORTIONS OF HIGH RESPONSE FOODS AT DINNER”) is a task to be performed at dinner, typically within the evening quadrant to affect blood glucose measurements received by device 600 during the overnight quadrant (e.g., period of time overnight (e.g., from 22:00 to 04:00)).
  • tasks are to be performed within the designated part of the day.
  • tasks can be performed near the designated part of the day.
  • tasks are to be logged within the designated part of the day.
  • device 600 detects tap input 652a corresponding to selection of selectable task 646a and tap input 652b corresponding to selection of selectable task 648a.
  • device 600 displays, on touchscreen display 602, selectable task 646a and selectable task 648a having check marks as a confirmatory indication that each task has been selected.
  • device 600 displays selectable affordances “LEARN MORE” and “EXAMPLES” below selected tasks 646a and 648a. In some embodiments, selection of the “LEARN MORE” affordance causes device 600 to display additional information pertaining to the selected task.
  • selection of the “EXAMPLES” affordance causes device 600 to display one or more examples corresponding to the selected task (e.g., go for a walk after dinner; bike ride before dinner; opt for a low-carb dessert before bed; forgo dessert).
  • device 600 displays continue affordance 642a (which reads, “SELECT 2 ACTION ITEMS”).
  • Device 600 detects tap input 654 corresponding to selection of continue affordance 642a, which completes action phase set up.
  • log entry creation user interface 618 includes selectable affordances corresponding to various activities (e.g., relaxing, walking, running).
  • Device 600 detects tap input 666a at walking affordance 620c, followed by tap input 666b at next affordance 618e.
  • device 600 displays task confirmation user interface 668, as shown in FIG. 6Q.
  • task confirmation user interface 668 presents the task corresponding to the time specified on log entry creation user interface 618 (e.g., present task 626a when the time specified on log entry creation user interface 618 is between 16:00 and 22:00) and does not present task(s) that do not correspond to the time specified.
  • device 600 forgoes displaying task confirmation user interface 618 when the time specified on log entry creation user interface 618 does not correspond to the part of the day for performing a selected task (e.g., do not display task confirmation user interface 618 for log entries that are not between 16:00 and 22:00 or 22:00 and 04:00).
  • device 600 displays, on touchscreen display 602, progress user interface 656, similar to that described with respect to FIG. 6N. While FIG. 6N illustrates progress user interface 656 on the first day of the action phase (e.g., after completing action phase set up, August 11), FIG. 6S shows progress user interface 656 during the action phase (e.g., on August 14). Counter 656a is updated to show that five action items (e.g., tasks) have been completed and there are three more days in the action phase to perform the tasks displayed on progress user interface 656.
  • five action items e.g., tasks
  • device 600 receives swipe input 674 corresponding to a request to scroll progress user interface 656 to view more of overnight region 660.
  • device 600 displays more of progress user interface 656, which now shows a portion of evening region 658 that includes “BIKING” log entry 614h and all of overnight region 660.
  • Overnight region 660 includes information similar to that described with respect to in FIG. 6N, including task 648a, and further includes log entries (e.g, “SUGAR FREE CHEESECAKE,” “LOW CARB OATMEAL COOKIE,” “WATER WITH DINNER,”) that correspond to performing task 648a.
  • Log detail user interface 678 includes selectable exit affordance 678c.
  • Device 600 detects tap input 680 corresponding to selection of exit affordance 678c, and in response, device 600 ceases display of log detail user interface 678 and displays progress user interface 656, as shown in FIG. 6V.
  • device 600 returns to displaying progress user interface 656.
  • Progress user interface includes selectable plus affordance 660a within overnight region 660.
  • Device 600 detects tap input 682 corresponding to selection of plus affordance 660a and, in response, initiates a process for selecting a new task to be performed during the overnight period of time.
  • device 600 display goal customization user interface 696 having text fields 696a and 696b completed to read, “DO YOGA FOR 20 MINUTES” and day field 696c set to “5” times per week.
  • Device 600 receives tap input 6100 corresponding to selection of continue affordance 696d.
  • device 600 saves customized goal 6102, as shown in FIG. 6 AC.
  • progress user interface 656 when week affordance 656c is selected, progress user interface 656 includes customized goal 6102 and selected task 646a.
  • Customized goal 6102 includes progress indicators 6102a-6012e.
  • Progress indicator 6102a is a plus sign that can be selected to confirm a completed instance of the customized goal.
  • Progress indicator 6102e is reads “GOAL” beneath it, to indicate that upon the fifth completed instance of the customized goal, the goal has been met for the week.
  • toolbox user interface 6200 displays representations of user activity (e.g., representation 6206a, 6206b, 6208a, and 6210a) that are organized based on a level of impact on a physical parameter of the user (e.g., blood glucose levels and/or elevated glucose events).
  • data corresponding to a particular user activity e.g., a particular instance of performance of the user activity
  • a physical parameter e.g., blood glucose level
  • the representation includes impact indicators 6206a4 and 6306a5.
  • toolbox user interface 6200 also includes region 6208 that corresponds to activities that have been determined to be less impactful (e.g., less impactful than those in region 6206).
  • region 6208 includes representation 6208a, that corresponds to a food-related activity-“REDUCE PORTIONS”. While an occurrence of this activity resulted in 1 reduction of elevated glucose events compared to the baseline/benchmark, computer system 600 displays representation 6208a in region 6208 rather than region 6206 because it determines that this level of impact does not meet the criteria for “MOST IMPACTFUL”.
  • toolbox user interface 6200 also includes region 6210 that corresponds to activities that have been deemed to not meet the “MOST IMPACTFUL” or “LESS IMPACTFUL” categories.
  • region 6210 includes representation 6210a that corresponds to a food-related activity-“EAT CARBS LAST”.
  • Representation 6210a indicates that two occurrences of the activity were logged, including a first occurrence that corresponds to an evening time period where an increase in elevated glucose events was observed (e.g., relative to baseline), as indicated by impact indicator 6210al (e.g., a 2 with an upward arrow).
  • an occurrence of an activity that has an impact of a second type are displayed with a second visual characteristic or profile, such as being colored orange (e.g., as indicated by the pattern of impact indicator 6210al that differs from the pattern of impact indicator 6206a4).
  • toolbox user interface 6200 also includes affordance 6212 that can be selected to cause computer system 600 to display additional activities/strategies (e.g., strategies that do not have any log entries or strategies that meet different impact criteria).
  • Toolbox user interface 6200 also includes affordance 6214 for accessing information that can be pertinent to affecting blood glucose levels and/or events, such as certain foods or activities.
  • Toolbox user interface 6200 also includes affordances 6216a, 6216b, 6216c, and 61216d, which correspond, respectively, to accessing a home page (e.g., hourly log user interface 610) of the application that includes toolbox user interface 6200, accessing toolbox user interface 6200, accessing a user interface for controlling and/or reviewing details of a physical parameter sensor (e.g., continuous glucose sensor), and to accessing a settings user interface (e.g., similar to affordance 616b).
  • a home page e.g., hourly log user interface 610
  • a physical parameter sensor e.g., continuous glucose sensor
  • a settings user interface e.g., similar to affordance 616b.
  • representations of activities are updated to include additional impact indicators and/or are moved to different regions of toolbox user interface 6200, if the additional impact data results in recategorization of an activity.
  • the set of one or more selectable task user interface objects includes, in accordance with a determination (708) that physiological data (e.g., 634a) (e.g., data pertaining to blood glucose levels (e.g., a quantification of elevated blood glucose levels for a duration of time); baseline blood glucose measurements) for a first subset of a recurring time period (e.g., the time of day that device 600 received data to display line chart 634a) (e.g., a particular quadrant of time each day (e.g., 6 hours of a day, morning, afternoon, evening, overnight); a day (e.g., Monday, Tuesday) within a week)) meets a first set of criteria (e.g., as illustrated by the elevation value scale of 630a, 634b).
  • physiological data e.g., 634a
  • data pertaining to blood glucose levels e.g., a quantification of elevated blood glucose levels for a duration of time
  • baseline blood glucose measurements e.g., the time
  • the first set of criteria includes a criterion that is met when the physiological data exceeds a threshold value (e.g., a blood glucose level exceeds a threshold blood glucose level)), a first selectable task user interface object (e.g., 646a-646c) that corresponds to a first type of user activity (e.g., 646a (“TRY AN ACTIVITY’), 646b (“EAT CARBS”), 646c (“AVOID SNACKS”)) to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period (e.g., the time period specified in 658 of FIG. 6N) (e.g., physical activity (e.g., exercise); eating or drinking certain foods).
  • a threshold value e.g., a blood glucose level exceeds a threshold blood glucose level
  • a first selectable task user interface object e.g., 646a-646c
  • a first type of user activity e.g., 646a (“TRY AN ACTIVITY’
  • the one or more selectable task user interface objects does not include the first selectable task user interface object.
  • the computer system in response to the receiving (714) the first set of one or more inputs and in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input (e.g., 652a) selecting the first selectable task user interface object (e.g., 646a), enables (716) logging of (e.g., recording; tracking; logging via user inputs) the first type of user activity (e.g., 646a) during the first subset of the recurring time period (e.g., the time periods specified in 646 and 660 of FIG. 6N) (e.g., during future occurrences of the first subset of the recurring time period).
  • the first type of user activity e.g., 646a
  • the computer system in response to the receiving (714) the first set of one or more inputs and in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input (e.g., 652b) selecting the second selectable task user interface object (e.g., 648a), enables (718) logging of the second type of user activity (e.g., 648a) during the second subset of the recurring time period (e.g., as specified in 660). In some embodiments, without enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period.
  • Displaying first or second selectable task user interface objects that correspond to first or second user activities based on whether physiological data for different subsets of a recurring time period meet a set of criteria provides the user with feedback about the physiological data for the different subsets of the recurring time period.
  • Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
  • the computer system prior to displaying the task selection user interface (e.g., 642), receives (702) (e.g., via one or more physiological sensors in communication with the computer system (e.g., integrated into the computer system; in communication with the computer system); a data transfer from another computer system)) a first set of physiological data (e.g., as represented by 612c) for a first predetermined period of time (e.g., from August 1 to August 10 as described with reference to FIGS.
  • a first set of physiological data e.g., as represented by 612c
  • a first predetermined period of time e.g., from August 1 to August 10 as described with reference to FIGS.
  • the computer system after receiving the first set of physiological data for the first predetermined period of time (e.g., in response to completing receiving of the first set of physiological data for a predetermined period of time (e.g., at the end of the predetermined time period)), displays (704) a data summary user interface (e.g., 630) that includes a first representation (e.g., 632a, 632a) (e.g., a graphical user interface object; a representation in a graph; a numerical value) of physiological data of the first set of physiological data for the first predetermined period of time that exceeded a first threshold value (e.g., a value below 632a and 634b).
  • a first representation e.g., 632a, 632a
  • a graphical user interface object e.g., a representation in a graph; a numerical value of physiological data of the first set of physiological data for the first predetermined period of time that exceeded a first threshold value (e.g., a value below 6
  • the computer system after enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period and after enabling logging of the second type of user activity during the second subset of the recurring time period, displays a progress user interface (e.g., 656) (e.g., an interface that includes representations of completed user activity(s) that have been enabled for logging) that includes, in accordance with a determination that a first instance (e.g., “WALKING” of 614g, “BIKING” of 614h) of the first type of user activity (e.g., 646a) (e.g., physical activity (e.g., exercise); consumption of food or beverage (e.g., eating carbs last)) has been logged during the first subset of the recurring time period (e.g., the time period specified in 658 of FIG.
  • a progress user interface e.g., 656
  • a first instance e.g., “WALKING” of 614g, “BIKING”
  • 6S e.g., the recurring time period is the period from 12PM to 6PM of every day
  • displaying a representation e.g., 614g, 614h
  • a user interface object e.g., a selectable interface object (e.g., an affordance)
  • a first portion e.g., 658
  • a first third e.g., a first third
  • the progress user interface e.g., a user interface containing all completed action items
  • the first portion of the progress user interface corresponds to the first subset of the recurring time period (e.g., the portion dedicated to logged events from 12PM to 6PM of every day).
  • a user interface object e.g., a selectable interface object (e.g., an affordance)
  • a second portion e.g., 660
  • a first third of the progress user interface
  • the second portion of the progress user interface corresponds to the second subset of the recurring time period (e.g., the portion dedicated to logged events from 12PM to 6PM of every day).
  • the representation of the completed user activity includes an elevation score.
  • each portion of the progress user interface includes the baseline measurement elevation score.
  • the computer system in response to receiving the first user input, displays a comparison user interface (e.g., 678) that includes a second representation (e.g., a graphical user interface object; a representation in a graph) of physiological data of a second set of physiological data (e.g., data collected during the action phase; data different than the first set of physiological data) that corresponds to (e.g., that was collected in a period of time during which the logged instance of the first type of activity was performed) the logged instance of the first type of user activity (e.g., 678b).
  • a comparison user interface e.g., 678
  • a second representation e.g., a graphical user interface object; a representation in a graph
  • physiological data of a second set of physiological data e.g., data collected during the action phase; data different than the first set of physiological data
  • the computer system after the first type of user activity has been logged a number of times that exceeds a second threshold value (e.g., the three logged entries listed below 648a in FIG. 6V) (e.g., performing the activity three or more times), displays a first selectable user interface object (e.g., 660a) (e.g., a plus button for adding a new user activity).
  • a second threshold value e.g., the three logged entries listed below 648a in FIG. 6V
  • a first selectable user interface object e.g., 660a
  • the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices (e.g., 112, 160), a second set of one or more inputs (e.g., 682, 686a, 686b) (e.g., tap inputs), wherein the second set of one or more inputs includes an input (e.g., 682) corresponding to the first selectable user interface object (e.g., a tap on the plus button).
  • the second set of one or inputs includes one or more inputs identifying a type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period.
  • the computer system after receiving the input to initiate the log entry and in response to receiving the third set of one or more inputs, in accordance with a determination that the third set of one or more inputs does not include selection selectable confirmation user interface object for the first type of user activity, logs an event that is not an instance of the first type of user activity (e.g., similar to the “BAGEL” log entry of FIG. 6R).
  • logging an instance of the first type of user activity includes displaying a selectable user interface object having an indication that the first type of user activity was completed.
  • logging an event includes displaying a selectable user interface object that does not include an indication that the first type of user activity was completed.
  • the selectable user interface objects corresponding to instances and events are editable. In some embodiments, the selectable user interface objects corresponding to events are only displayed in the Hours tab and not displayed on the Progress tab. In some embodiments, the selectable user interface objects corresponding to instances of the first type of user activity are displayed on both the Hours tab and the Progress tab. In some embodiments, initiating a log entry includes documenting the time of day. In some embodiments, if the first type of user activity is performed during a time that is not the designated subset of a recurring time period, log an instance of the first type of user activity that includes an indication that the impact of performing the first type of user activity is inconclusive (e.g., action impacts glucose measurements for the specified subset of recurring time).
  • Performing an optimized operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
  • method 800 provides an intuitive way for logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period.
  • the method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface.
  • enabling a user to logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
  • the computer system displays (802), via the display generation component (e.g., 602), a goal creation user interface (e.g., 692, 696) with a set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects (e.g., 646a, 648a, 648c).
  • the set of one or more selectable user interface objects includes, in accordance with a determination (804) that a first type of user activity (e.g., the activity described with respect to 646a) (e.g., physical activity (e.g., exercise); eating or drinking certain foods) performed for a first subset of a recurring time period (e.g., the time period specified in 658 of FIG.
  • the first set of criteria includes a criterion that is met when the first type of user activity was performed more than a threshold number of times.
  • the computer system while displaying the goal creation user interface (e.g., 692), receives (818) a first set of one or more inputs (e.g., 694a, 694b, 698a, 698b, 698c) (e.g., taps).
  • a first set of one or more inputs e.g., 694a, 694b, 698a, 698b, 698c
  • the first set of criteria is satisfied when a user activity of a given type has been performed (e.g., performed and logged) at least once during a preceding predetermined period of time (e.g., 614g, 614h, the log entries listed within 660) (e.g., an action phase).
  • the first set of criteria are met when physiological data indicates that a user activity of a given type had a target (e.g., positive) effect on a physiological parameter (e.g., blood glucose levels).
  • the computer system after enabling logging of the first type of user activity (e.g., 6102) during the first subset of the recurring time for the predetermined duration of time, displays a representation (e.g., 6102a-6102e) (e.g., an indication; a graphical user interface object) of the target number of times (e.g., “5 TIMES” as discussed at FIG. 6AB) (e.g., a minimum number of times) that the first type of user activity (e.g., 6102) is to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period for the predetermined duration of time.
  • the representation includes an indication of the number of times that first type of user activity has already been completed during the predetermined time period.
  • the representation is seven empty circles, each representing a day, that are filled is as the first type of user activity is completed.
  • Displaying an indication (e.g., a progress indicator) of progress towards a target number of times that the first type of user activity is to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period for the predetermined duration of time provides the user with feedback as to what is required to meet the target.
  • Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
  • the computer system after enabling logging of the first type of user activity (e.g., 6102) during the first subset of the recurring time for the predetermined duration of time and after the end of the predetermined duration of time (e.g., on August 24 at FIG. 6 AG), receives a second set of one or more user inputs (e.g., 6110, 6116, 6118) that correspond to feedback (e.g., 6114a along the rating scale at FIGS. 6AH-6AI) regarding the first type of user activity (e.g., feedback indicating a user’s sentiment and/or assessment of performance of the first type of user activity during the predetermined duration of time).
  • a second set of one or more user inputs e.g., 6110, 6116, 6118
  • feedback e.g., 6114a along the rating scale at FIGS. 6AH-6AI
  • 6AB e.g., a text field; selectable predefined options
  • characteristics e.g.; a target number of times the activity is to be performed; a duration for which the activity is to be performed
  • Displaying a set of one or more selectable user interface objects to modify one or more characteristics of the first type of user activity provides the user with more control of the device.
  • the computer system after receiving the second set of one or more user inputs (e.g., after selection of 696e) and, in some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the feedback regarding the first type of user activity satisfies a first set of feedback criteria (e.g., the feedback is of a first type (e.g., negative feedback), displays a set of one or more selectable user interface objects (e.g., analogous to 648a and 648b at FIG.
  • a first set of feedback criteria e.g., the feedback is of a first type (e.g., negative feedback
  • 6S- 6V (e.g., the first type of user activity performed during the first subset of the recurring time period); and a second selectable user interface object (e.g., 656c) that corresponds to the predetermined duration of time, that when selected, displays representations of logged instances (e.g. 614i, 614j) of the first type of user activity for the predetermined period of time (e.g., the first type of user activity performed during the first subset of the recurring time period).
  • Displaying a user interface with selectable user interface objects to view logged activities for a predetermined period of time provides the user with improved feedback as to what logged activities have been received by the computer system.
  • the one or more input devices are separate from the computer system.
  • the computer system can transmit, via a wired or wireless connection, data (e.g., image data or video data) to an integrated or external display generation component to visually produce the content (e.g., using a display device) and can receive, a wired or wireless connection, input from the one or more input devices.
  • data e.g., image data or video data
  • an integrated or external display generation component to visually produce the content (e.g., using a display device)
  • method 900 provides an intuitive way for organizing user activities. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for organizing user activities, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
  • the computer system accesses (902) data (e.g., locally stored data stored on a storage device of the computer system and/or remotely stored data stored on an external computer system) (in some embodiments, the data is user-logged data, data collected by one or more sensors, and/or data collected by the computer system) corresponding to a first set of occurrences (e.g., data that corresponds to multiple instances of a single type of activity or multiple instances of different types of occurrences(e.g., 2 instances of walking after dinner and 3 instances of eating low-sugar foods)) of user activity (e.g., physical activity (e.g., exercise); eating or drinking certain foods), the data including: first data (904) (e.g., data corresponding to representation 6206a) that includes an indication of an impact (e.g., 6206a4) of a first subset (e.g., a type of user activity) of user activity (e.g., the “GO BIKING” activity of 6206a) on a first data (90
  • the computer system receives (908), via the one or more input devices, a request to display a first user interface (e.g., 6200) (e.g., a summary user interface, an overview user interview that includes data from multiple stages of a process, and/or a data room user interface).
  • a first user interface e.g., 6200
  • the computer system in response to receiving the request to display the first user interface, displays (910), via the display generation component, the first user interface (e.g., 6200).
  • Displaying representations of user activity in different regions of the first user interface based on whether sets of criteria are met based on indications of impact of the activity on a first physical parameter provides the user with feedback as to the state of the data and the nature of data (e.g., physiological data) accessed by the computer system. Doing so also automatically organizes the user interface when conditions are met, without requiring further user input. Providing improved feedback and performing operations automatically enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently.
  • data e.g., physiological data
  • the first subset of user activity is performance of a physical activity (e.g., exercise) (e.g., 6206a) or consumption of a food or beverage (e.g., 6210a) (e.g., eating a meal).
  • a physical activity e.g., exercise
  • a food or beverage e.g., 6210a
  • the first data includes data corresponding to multiple indications (e.g., 6206a4 and 6206a5) of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter (e.g., includes data that corresponds to multiple occurrences/instances of the first subset of user activity) (e.g., the first data includes data corresponding to three instances of a walk after dinner activity type).
  • Accessing data that includes multiple indications of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter provides the user with improved feedback as to the impact of the first subset of user activity on the physiological parameter, which provides improved feedback.
  • the first graphical representation includes an indication (e.g., 6206a4) (e.g., a graphical and/or textual indication) of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter (in some embodiments, the indication is a quantitative and/or qualitative representation of the impact (in some embodiments, the indication represents a change from a baseline level (e.g., a baseline level of physiological parameter (e.g., blood glucose) and/or a baseline level of events related to the physiological parameter (e.g., elevated blood glucose events)).
  • a baseline level e.g., a baseline level of physiological parameter (e.g., blood glucose)
  • a baseline level of events related to the physiological parameter e.g., elevated blood glucose events
  • the first set of impact level criteria includes a criterion that is met when the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter indicates that the first subset of user activity provided an impact (e.g., highest single measure level of impact and/or the highest frequency of impact) on the first physiological parameter that exceeds a first threshold (e.g., as described with respect to region 6206).
  • the first threshold is a relative threshold that is determined based on the complete set of accessed data (e.g., highest single measure level of impact and/or the highest frequency of impact within the accessed data).
  • the first threshold is a predetermined threshold established independently from the accessed data.
  • the second set of impact level criteria includes a criterion that is met when the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter indicates that the first subset of user activity provided an impact on the first physiological parameter that is below a second threshold (e.g., as described with respect to region 6208).
  • the second threshold is a relative threshold that is determined based on the complete set of accessed data.
  • the second threshold is a predetermined threshold established independently from the accessed data.
  • the second threshold is equal to the first threshold.
  • the second set of impact level criteria includes a criterion that is met when the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter indicates that the first subset of user activity provided an impact on the first physiological parameter that is below the second threshold but above a third threshold (e.g., is within a mid-range of impact levels).
  • Arranging represent representations of user activity in different regions of the first user interface based on whether the corresponding subset of user activity provided an impact that is below a threshold provides the user with improved feedback as to the level of impact of certain subsets of activity. Doing so also automatically organizes the user interface based on level of impact.
  • displaying the first graphical representation includes: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter corresponds to a highest level of impact on the first physiological parameter within the first set of occurrences of user activity, displaying the first graphical representation with an indicator of a first type (e.g., 6206a6) (e.g., a graphical badge and/or text that indicates that the first subset of user activity had the highest level of impact).
  • a first type e.g., 6206a6
  • the highest level of impact corresponds to the greatest reduction in the number of occurrences (e.g., number of occurrences relative to a baseline value, a reference value, and/or a user defined value) of elevated blood glucose in a predetermined period of time (e.g., the evening or the morning).
  • Displaying the first graphical representation with an indicator of a first type when certain conditions are met provide improved visual feedback as to the relationship of first subset of user activity relative to the overall first set of occurrences of user activity and also automatically performs a function without requiring further user input.
  • the most frequent level of impact corresponds to the highest number of reductions of occurrences (e.g., number of occurrences relative to a baseline value, a reference value, and/or a user defined value) of elevated blood glucose in a predetermined period of time (e.g., the evening or the morning).
  • Displaying the first graphical representation with an indicator of a second type when certain conditions are met provide improved visual feedback as to the relationship of first subset of user activity relative to the overall first set of occurrences of user activity and also automatically performs a function without requiring further user input.
  • the first graphical representation includes an indication (e.g., 6206a2) (e.g., graphical or textual indication) of a level of difficulty (in some embodiments, the level of difficulty is a predetermined level of difficult assigned to the first subset of activity (e.g., to the activity type)) (in some embodiments, the level of difficulty is a user-selected/assessed level of difficulty) of the first subset of user activity. Displaying the first graphical representation with an indication of difficulty level provides improved visual feedback as the difficulty of performing the first subset of user activity.
  • an indication e.g., 6206a2
  • the level of difficulty is a predetermined level of difficult assigned to the first subset of activity (e.g., to the activity type)
  • the level of difficulty is a user-selected/assessed level of difficulty
  • the first user interface further includes: a first selectable graphical user interface object (e.g., 6202a) that, when selected, causes the computer system to display a second user interface that corresponds to a first phase (e.g., an initial phase and/or a starting phase) (in some embodiments, a phase that corresponds to collecting initial baseline data for the first physiological parameter) of an ordered sequence of phases of a multi -phase event; and a second selectable graphical user interface object (e.g., 6202c) that, when selected, causes the computer system to display a third user interface that corresponds to a second phase (e.g., an end phase) (in some embodiments, a phase that corresponds to selecting and/or performing user activities after collection of baseline data) of the ordered sequence of phases of the multi-phase event, wherein the second phase Is after the first phase.
  • a first selectable graphical user interface object e.g., 6202a
  • a first phase e.g., an initial phase and/or a starting
  • the first representation corresponds to a plurality of occurrences of the first subset of user activity (e.g., as per representation 6206a) (e.g., three instances of a walk after dinner activity); and the additional information includes additional information for each of the plurality of occurrences of the first subset of user activity.
  • Displaying additional information corresponding to the plurality of occurrences of the first subset of user activity in response to an input provides additional information and feedback when requested, without cluttering the first user interface when the additional information is not required.
  • method 900 optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to methods 700 and 800.
  • toolbox user interface of method 900 can display activities logged using method 800. For brevity, these details are not repeated below.
  • the present disclosure recognizes that the use of such personal information data, in the present technology, can be used to the benefit of users.
  • the personal information data can be used to deliver targeted content based on the logged user activities during a subset of a recurring time period that is of greater interest to the user. Accordingly, use of such personal information data enables users to have calculated control of the delivered content.
  • other uses for personal information data that benefit the user are also contemplated by the present disclosure. For instance, health and fitness data may be used to provide insights into a user’s general wellness, or may be used as positive feedback to individuals using technology to pursue wellness goals.
  • policies and practices should be adapted for the particular types of personal information data being collected and/or accessed and adapted to applicable laws and standards, including jurisdiction-specific considerations. For instance, in the US, collection of or access to certain health data may be governed by federal and/or state laws, such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA); whereas health data in other countries may be subject to other regulations and policies and should be handled accordingly. Hence different privacy practices should be maintained for different personal data types in each country.
  • HIPAA Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act
  • a user may be notified upon downloading an app that their personal information data will be accessed and then reminded again just before personal information data is accessed by the app.
  • the present disclosure broadly covers use of personal information data to implement one or more various disclosed embodiments, the present disclosure also contemplates that the various embodiments can also be implemented without the need for accessing such personal information data. That is, the various embodiments of the present technology are not rendered inoperable due to the lack of all or a portion of such personal information data.
  • content can be selected and delivered to users by inferring preferences based on non-personal information data or a bare minimum amount of personal information, such as the content being requested by the device associated with a user, other non-personal information available to the content delivery services, or publicly available information.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Surgery (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Primary Health Care (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Physiology (AREA)
  • Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (AREA)
  • Dentistry (AREA)
  • Nutrition Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Artificial Intelligence (AREA)
  • Computer Vision & Pattern Recognition (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure generally relates to organizing user activities. In some embodiments, based accessed data, a computer system displays a user interface with representations of data corresponding to user activity arranged in different regions based on the impact of the user activity on a physical parameter.

Description

USER INTERFACES FOR ORGANIZING USER ACTIVITIES
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims priority to U.S. Patent Application No. 18/912,506, entitled “USER INTERFACES FOR ORGANIZING USER ACTIVITIES,” filed October 10, 2024, and to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/543,923, entitled “USER INTERFACES FOR ORGANIZING USER ACTIVITIES,” filed October 12, 2023. The contents of each of these applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
FIELD
[0002] The present disclosure relates generally to computer user interfaces, and more specifically to techniques for organizing user activities.
BACKGROUND
[0003] Computer systems can include applications for organizing user activities. Such systems can receive user input using user interfaces that include one or more graphical elements adapted for use with organizing user activities.
BRIEF SUMMARY
[0004] Some techniques for organizing user activities using electronic devices, however, are generally cumbersome and inefficient. For example, some existing techniques use a complex and time-consuming user interface, which may include multiple key presses or keystrokes. Existing techniques require more time than necessary, wasting user time and device energy. This latter consideration is particularly important in battery-operated devices.
[0005] Accordingly, the present technique provides electronic devices with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for organizing user activities. Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or replace other methods for organizing user activities. Such methods and interfaces reduce the cognitive burden on a user and produce a more efficient humanmachine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges.
[0006] In accordance with some embodiments, a method, performed at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices is described. The method includes: displaying, via the display generation component, a task selection user interface with a set of one or more selectable task user interface objects, the set of one or more selectable task user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a first subset of a recurring time period meets a first set of criteria, a first selectable task user interface object that corresponds to a first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a second subset of the recurring time period, different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets the first set of criteria, a second selectable task user interface object that corresponds to a second type of user activity to be performed during the second subset of the recurring time period; while displaying the task selection user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first set of one or more inputs; and in response to the receiving the first set of one or more inputs: in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the first selectable task user interface object, enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the second selectable task user interface object, enabling logging of the second type of user activity during the second subset of the recurring time period.
[0007] In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices is described. The one or more programs include instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a task selection user interface with a set of one or more selectable task user interface objects, the set of one or more selectable task user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a first subset of a recurring time period meets a first set of criteria, a first selectable task user interface object that corresponds to a first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a second subset of the recurring time period, different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets the first set of criteria, a second selectable task user interface object that corresponds to a second type of user activity to be performed during the second subset of the recurring time period; while displaying the task selection user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first set of one or more inputs; and in response to the receiving the first set of one or more inputs: in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the first selectable task user interface object, enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the second selectable task user interface object, enabling logging of the second type of user activity during the second subset of the recurring time period.
[0008] In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices is described. The one or more programs include instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a task selection user interface with a set of one or more selectable task user interface objects, the set of one or more selectable task user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a first subset of a recurring time period meets a first set of criteria, a first selectable task user interface object that corresponds to a first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a second subset of the recurring time period, different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets the first set of criteria, a second selectable task user interface object that corresponds to a second type of user activity to be performed during the second subset of the recurring time period; while displaying the task selection user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first set of one or more inputs; and in response to the receiving the first set of one or more inputs: in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the first selectable task user interface object, enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the second selectable task user interface object, enabling logging of the second type of user activity during the second subset of the recurring time period.
[0009] In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system includes: a display generation component; one or more input devices; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors. The one or more programs include instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a task selection user interface with a set of one or more selectable task user interface objects, the set of one or more selectable task user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a first subset of a recurring time period meets a first set of criteria, a first selectable task user interface object that corresponds to a first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a second subset of the recurring time period, different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets the first set of criteria, a second selectable task user interface object that corresponds to a second type of user activity to be performed during the second subset of the recurring time period; while displaying the task selection user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first set of one or more inputs; and in response to the receiving the first set of one or more inputs: in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the first selectable task user interface object, enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the second selectable task user interface object, enabling logging of the second type of user activity during the second subset of the recurring time period.
[0010] In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system, including a display generation component and one or more input devices is described. The computer system also includes: means for displaying, via the display generation component, a task selection user interface with a set of one or more selectable task user interface objects, the set of one or more selectable task user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a first subset of a recurring time period meets a first set of criteria, a first selectable task user interface object that corresponds to a first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a second subset of the recurring time period, different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets the first set of criteria, a second selectable task user interface object that corresponds to a second type of user activity to be performed during the second subset of the recurring time period; means for, while displaying the task selection user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first set of one or more inputs; and means for, in response to the receiving the first set of one or more inputs: in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the first selectable task user interface object, enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the second selectable task user interface object, enabling logging of the second type of user activity during the second subset of the recurring time period.
[0011] In accordance with some embodiments, a method, performed at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices is described. The method includes: displaying, via the display generation component, a goal creation user interface with a set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects, the set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination that a first type of user activity performed for a first subset of a recurring time period meets a first set of criteria, a first selectable goal creation user interface object that corresponds to the first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that a second type of user activity performed for a second subset of a recurring time period, different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets a first set of criteria, a second selectable goal creation user interface object that corresponds to the second type of user activity to be performed during the second subset of the recurring time period; while displaying the goal creation user interface, receiving a first set of one or more inputs; and in response to the receiving the first set of one or more inputs: in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the first selectable goal creation user interface object, enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period for a predetermined duration of time; and in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the second selectable goal creation user interface object, enabling logging of the second type of user activity during the second subset of the recurring time period for the predetermined duration of time.
[0012] In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices is described. The one or more programs include instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a goal creation user interface with a set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects, the set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination that a first type of user activity performed for a first subset of a recurring time period meets a first set of criteria, a first selectable goal creation user interface object that corresponds to the first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that a second type of user activity performed for a second subset of a recurring time period, different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets a first set of criteria, a second selectable goal creation user interface object that corresponds to the second type of user activity to be performed during the second subset of the recurring time period; while displaying the goal creation user interface, receiving a first set of one or more inputs; and in response to the receiving the first set of one or more inputs: in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the first selectable goal creation user interface object, enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period for a predetermined duration of time; and in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the second selectable goal creation user interface object, enabling logging of the second type of user activity during the second subset of the recurring time period for the predetermined duration of time.
[0013] In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices is described. The one or more programs include instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a goal creation user interface with a set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects, the set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination that a first type of user activity performed for a first subset of a recurring time period meets a first set of criteria, a first selectable goal creation user interface object that corresponds to the first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that a second type of user activity performed for a second subset of a recurring time period, different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets a first set of criteria, a second selectable goal creation user interface object that corresponds to the second type of user activity to be performed during the second subset of the recurring time period; while displaying the goal creation user interface, receiving a first set of one or more inputs; and in response to the receiving the first set of one or more inputs: in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the first selectable goal creation user interface object, enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period for a predetermined duration of time; and in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the second selectable goal creation user interface object, enabling logging of the second type of user activity during the second subset of the recurring time period for the predetermined duration of time.
[0014] In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system includes: a display generation component; one or more input devices; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors. The one or more programs include instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a goal creation user interface with a set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects, the set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination that a first type of user activity performed for a first subset of a recurring time period meets a first set of criteria, a first selectable goal creation user interface object that corresponds to the first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that a second type of user activity performed for a second subset of a recurring time period, different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets a first set of criteria, a second selectable goal creation user interface object that corresponds to the second type of user activity to be performed during the second subset of the recurring time period; while displaying the goal creation user interface, receiving a first set of one or more inputs; and in response to the receiving the first set of one or more inputs: in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the first selectable goal creation user interface object, enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period for a predetermined duration of time; and in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the second selectable goal creation user interface object, enabling logging of the second type of user activity during the second subset of the recurring time period for the predetermined duration of time. [0015] In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system including a display generation component and one or more input devices is described. The computer system also includes: means for displaying, via the display generation component, a goal creation user interface with a set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects, the set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination that a first type of user activity performed for a first subset of a recurring time period meets a first set of criteria, a first selectable goal creation user interface object that corresponds to the first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period; and in accordance with a determination that a second type of user activity performed for a second subset of a recurring time period, different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets a first set of criteria, a second selectable goal creation user interface object that corresponds to the second type of user activity to be performed during the second subset of the recurring time period; means for, while displaying the goal creation user interface, receiving a first set of one or more inputs; and means for, in response to the receiving the first set of one or more inputs: in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the first selectable goal creation user interface object, enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period for a predetermined duration of time; and in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the second selectable goal creation user interface object, enabling logging of the second type of user activity during the second subset of the recurring time period for the predetermined duration of time.
[0016] In accordance with some embodiments, a method, performed at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, is described. The method includes: accessing data corresponding to a first set of occurrences of user activity, the data including: first data that includes an indication of an impact of a first subset of user activity on a first physiological parameter; and second data that includes an indication of an impact of a second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter; receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request to display the first user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, the first user interface, including: displaying a first graphical representation of the first data that corresponds to the first subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a first set of impact level criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a second set of impact level criteria, different from the first set of impact criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface that is different from the first region; and displaying a second graphical representation of the second data that corresponds to the second subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the first set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in the first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the second set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface.
[0017] In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, is described. The one or more programs including instructions for: accessing data corresponding to a first set of occurrences of user activity, the data including: first data that includes an indication of an impact of a first subset of user activity on a first physiological parameter; and second data that includes an indication of an impact of a second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter; receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request to display the first user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, the first user interface, including: displaying a first graphical representation of the first data that corresponds to the first subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a first set of impact level criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a second set of impact level criteria, different from the first set of impact criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface that is different from the first region; and displaying a second graphical representation of the second data that corresponds to the second subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the first set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in the first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the second set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface.
[0018] In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, is described. The one or more programs including instructions for: accessing data corresponding to a first set of occurrences of user activity, the data including: first data that includes an indication of an impact of a first subset of user activity on a first physiological parameter; and second data that includes an indication of an impact of a second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter; receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request to display the first user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, the first user interface, including: displaying a first graphical representation of the first data that corresponds to the first subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a first set of impact level criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a second set of impact level criteria, different from the first set of impact criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface that is different from the first region; and displaying a second graphical representation of the second data that corresponds to the second subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the first set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in the first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the second set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface.
[0019] In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, is described. The computer system comprises one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors. The one or more programs including instructions for: accessing data corresponding to a first set of occurrences of user activity, the data including: first data that includes an indication of an impact of a first subset of user activity on a first physiological parameter; and second data that includes an indication of an impact of a second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter; receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request to display the first user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, the first user interface, including: displaying a first graphical representation of the first data that corresponds to the first subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a first set of impact level criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a second set of impact level criteria, different from the first set of impact criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface that is different from the first region; and displaying a second graphical representation of the second data that corresponds to the second subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the first set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in the first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the second set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface.
[0020] In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices is described. The computer system comprising: means for accessing data corresponding to a first set of occurrences of user activity, the data including: first data that includes an indication of an impact of a first subset of user activity on a first physiological parameter; and second data that includes an indication of an impact of a second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter; means for receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a first user interface; and means, in response to receiving the request to display the first user interface, for displaying, via the display generation component, the first user interface, including: means for displaying a first graphical representation of the first data that corresponds to the first subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a first set of impact level criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a second set of impact level criteria, different from the first set of impact criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface that is different from the first region; and means for displaying a second graphical representation of the second data that corresponds to the second subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the first set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in the first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the second set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface.
[0021] Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors.
[0022] Thus, devices are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for organizing user activities, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace other methods for organizing user activities. DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0023] For a better understanding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the Description of Embodiments below, in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures.
[0024] FIG. 1 A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments.
[0025] FIG. IB is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
[0026] FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.
[0027] FIG. 3 A is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments.
[0028] FIGS. 3B-3G illustrate the use of Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) to perform operations.
[0029] FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
[0030] FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments.
[0031] FIG. 5 A illustrates a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
[0032] FIG. 5B is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
[0033] FIGS. 6A-6AM illustrate exemplary user interfaces for logging and/or organizing user activities (e.g., during a subset of a recurring time period), in accordance with some embodiments. [0034] FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period, in accordance with some embodiments.
[0035] FIGS. 8A-8B are a flow diagram illustrating a method for logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period, in accordance with some embodiments.
[0036] FIG. 9 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for organizing user activities, in accordance with some embodiments.
DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS
[0037] The following description sets forth exemplary methods, parameters, and the like. It should be recognized, however, that such description is not intended as a limitation on the scope of the present disclosure but is instead provided as a description of exemplary embodiments.
[0038] There is a need for electronic devices that provide efficient methods and interfaces for organizing user activities. Further, electronic devices should provide displays of logged user activities during a subset of a recurring time period along with other user data in order for a user to determine the effects of performing user activities. Such techniques can reduce the cognitive burden on a user who log user activities during a subset of a recurring time period, thereby enhancing productivity. Further, such techniques can reduce processor and battery power otherwise wasted on redundant user inputs.
[0039] Below, FIGS. 1 A-1B, 2, 3A-3G, 4A-4B, and 5A-5B provide a description of exemplary devices for performing the techniques for managing event notifications. FIGS.
6A-6AM illustrate exemplary user interfaces logging and/or organizing user activities (e.g., during a subset of a recurring time period). FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 8A-8B are a flow diagram illustrating methods of logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period, in accordance with some embodiments. FIG. 9 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for organizing user activities, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 6A-6AM are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIG. 7, FIGS. 8A-8B, and FIG. 9. [0040] Although the following description uses terms “first,” “second,” etc. to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by the terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first touch could be termed a second touch, and, similarly, a second touch could be termed a first touch, without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. The first touch and the second touch are both touches, but they are not the same touch.
[0041] The terminology used in the description of the various described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various described embodiments and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms “includes,” “including,” “comprises,” and/or “comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof.
[0042] The term “if’ is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context.
[0043] Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California. Other portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touchpads), are, optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touch- sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screen display and/or a touchpad). In some embodiments, the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with a display generation component. The display generation component is configured to provide visual output, such as display via a CRT display, display via an LED display, or display via image projection. In some embodiments, the display generation component is integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the display generation component is separate from the computer system. As used herein, “displaying” content includes causing to display the content (e.g., video data rendered or decoded by display controller 156) by transmitting, via a wired or wireless connection, data (e.g., image data or video data) to an integrated or external display generation component to visually produce the content.
[0044] In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a joystick.
[0045] The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.
[0046] The various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as the touch- sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user.
[0047] Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable devices with touch- sensitive displays. FIG. 1 A is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive display system 112 in accordance with some embodiments. Touch- sensitive display 112 is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience and is sometimes known as or called a “touch-sensitive display system.” Device 100 includes memory 102 (which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage mediums), memory controller 122, one or more processing units (CPUs) 120, peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, input/output (I/O) subsystem 106, other input control devices 116, and external port 124. Device 100 optionally includes one or more optical sensors 164. Device 100 optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on device 100 (e.g., a touch- sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100). Device 100 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs on device 100 (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch- sensitive display system 112 of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 103.
[0048] As used in the specification and claims, the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact. Similarly, a pressuresensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch- sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that may otherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a touch- sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, a touch- sensitive surface, or a physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button).
[0049] As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user’s sense of touch. For example, in situations where the device or the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user’s hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch- sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physical actuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user’s movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “up click,” a “down click,” “roughness”), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user.
[0050] It should be appreciated that device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device 100 optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in FIG. 1 A are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application-specific integrated circuits.
[0051] Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller 122 optionally controls access to memory 102 by other components of device 100.
[0052] Peripherals interface 118 can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU 120 and memory 102. The one or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 102 to perform various functions for device 100 and to process data. In some embodiments, peripherals interface 118, CPU 120, and memory controller 122 are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104. In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips.
[0053] RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF circuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communication radio. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LEE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.1 In, and/or IEEE 802.1 lac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document.
[0054] Audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, and microphone 113 provide an audio interface between a user and device 100. Audio circuitry 110 receives audio data from peripherals interface 118, converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker 111. Speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted by microphone 113 from sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or RF circuitry 108 by peripherals interface 118. In some embodiments, audio circuitry 110 also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212, FIG. 2). The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry 110 and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone).
[0055] I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on device 100, such as touch screen 112 and other input control devices 116, to peripherals interface 118. I/O subsystem 106 optionally includes display controller 156, optical sensor controller 158, depth camera controller 169, intensity sensor controller 159, haptic feedback controller 161, and one or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signals from/to other input control devices 116. The other input control devices 116 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some embodiments, input controlled s) 160 are, optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g., 208, FIG. 2) optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker 111 and/or microphone 113. The one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g., 206, FIG. 2). In some embodiments, the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with one or more input devices. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices include a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a trackpad, as part of a touch-sensitive display). In some embodiments, the one or more input devices include one or more camera sensors (e.g., one or more optical sensors 164 and/or one or more depth camera sensors 175), such as for tracking a user’s gestures (e.g., hand gestures) as input. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are separate from the computer system.
[0056] A quick press of the push button optionally disengages a lock of touch screen 112 or optionally begins a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. Patent Application 11/322,549, “Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image,” filed December 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No. 7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. A longer press of the push button (e.g., 206) optionally turns power to device 100 on or off. The functionality of one or more of the buttons are, optionally, user-customizable. Touch screen 112 is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards.
[0057] Touch-sensitive display 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user. Display controller 156 receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen 112. Touch screen 112 displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output optionally corresponds to user-interface objects. [0058] Touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact. Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen 112 and convert the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, a point of contact between touch screen 112 and the user corresponds to a finger of the user.
[0059] Touch screen 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone® and iPod Touch® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California.
[0060] A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 is, optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads described in the following U.S. Patents: 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. However, touch screen 112 displays visual output from device 100, whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output.
[0061] A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 is described in the following applications: (1) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. Patent Application No. 10/840,862, “Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. Patent Application No. 10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed July 30, 2004; (4) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/048,264, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed January 31, 2005; (5) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/038,590, “Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed January 18, 2005; (6) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/228,758, “Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface,” filed September 16, 2005; (7) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/228,700, “Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface,” filed September 16, 2005; (8) U.S. Patent Application No.
11/228,737, “Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard,” filed September 16, 2005; and (9) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/367,749, “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed March 3, 2006. All of these applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
[0062] Touch screen 112 optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user optionally makes contact with touch screen 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylusbased input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user.
[0063] In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device 100 optionally includes a touchpad for activating or deactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.
[0064] Device 100 also includes power system 162 for powering the various components. Power system 162 optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices.
[0065] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more optical sensors 164. FIG. 1 A shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106. Optical sensor 164 optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor 164 receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lenses, and converts the light to data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module 143 (also called a camera module), optical sensor 164 optionally captures still images or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112 on the front of the device so that the touch screen display is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user’s image is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the position of optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor 164 is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.
[0066] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more depth camera sensors 175. FIG. 1 A shows a depth camera sensor coupled to depth camera controller 169 in I/O subsystem 106. Depth camera sensor 175 receives data from the environment to create a three dimensional model of an object (e.g., a face) within a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., a depth camera sensor). In some embodiments, in conjunction with imaging module 143 (also called a camera module), depth camera sensor 175 is optionally used to determine a depth map of different portions of an image captured by the imaging module 143. In some embodiments, a depth camera sensor is located on the front of device 100 so that the user’s image with depth information is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display and to capture selfies with depth map data. In some embodiments, the depth camera sensor 175 is located on the back of device, or on the back and the front of the device 100. In some embodiments, the position of depth camera sensor 175 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a depth camera sensor 175 is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.
[0067] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165. FIG. 1A shows a contact intensity sensor coupled to intensity sensor controller 159 in VO subsystem 106. Contact intensity sensor 165 optionally includes one or more piezoresi stive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor 165 receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch- sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112, which is located on the front of device 100.
[0068] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors 166. FIG. 1 A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled to peripherals interface 118. Alternately, proximity sensor 166 is, optionally, coupled to input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. Proximity sensor 166 optionally performs as described in U.S. Patent Application Nos. 11/241,839, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; 11/240,788, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; 11/620,702, “Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; 11/586,862, “Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices”; and 11/638,251, “Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals,” which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen 112 when the multifunction device is placed near the user’s ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call).
[0069] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators 167. FIG. 1 A shows a tactile output generator coupled to haptic feedback controller 161 in I/O subsystem 106. Tactile output generator 167 optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact intensity sensor 165 receives tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module 133 and generates tactile outputs on device 100 that are capable of being sensed by a user of device 100. In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device 100) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device 100). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112, which is located on the front of device 100.
[0070] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more accelerometers 168. FIG. 1 A shows accelerometer 168 coupled to peripherals interface 118. Alternately, accelerometer 168 is, optionally, coupled to an input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. Accelerometer 168 optionally performs as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059, “Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, “Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,” both of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. Device 100 optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s) 168, a magnetometer and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device 100.
[0071] In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory 102 include operating system 126, communication module (or set of instructions) 128, contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130, graphics module (or set of instructions) 132, text input module (or set of instructions) 134, Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135, and applications (or sets of instructions) 136. Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory 102 (FIG. 1 A) or 370 (FIG. 3A) stores device/global internal state 157, as shown in FIGS. 1A and 3 A. Device/global internal state 157 includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch screen display 112; sensor state, including information obtained from the device’s various sensors and input control devices 116; and location information concerning the device’s location and/or attitude.
[0072] Operating system 126 (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components. [0073] Communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry 108 and/or external port 124. External port 124 (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with, the 30-pin connector used on iPod® (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices.
[0074] Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact with touch screen 112 (in conjunction with display controller 156) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact/motion module 130 includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact). Contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface.
Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contact on a touchpad.
[0075] In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device 100). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations, a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter).
[0076] Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event.
[0077] Graphics module 132 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen 112 or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including, without limitation, text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like.
[0078] In some embodiments, graphics module 132 stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller 156.
[0079] Haptic feedback module 133 includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s) 167 to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device 100 in response to user interactions with device 100.
[0080] Text input module 134, which is, optionally, a component of graphics module 132, provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts module 137, e-mail client module 140, IM module 141, browser module 147, and any other application that needs text input). [0081] GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone module 138 for use in locationbased dialing; to camera module 143 as picture/video metadata; and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
[0082] Applications 136 optionally include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
• Contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact list);
• Telephone module 138;
• Video conference module 139;
• E-mail client module 140;
• Instant messaging (IM) module 141;
• Workout support module 142;
• Camera module 143 for still and/or video images;
• Image management module 144;
• Video player module;
• Music player module;
• Browser module 147;
• Calendar module 148;
• Widget modules 149, which optionally include one or more of: weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, dictionary widget 149-5, and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets 149-6;
Widget creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149-6; Search module 151;
• Video and music player module 152, which merges video player module and music player module;
• Notes module 153;
• Map module 154; and/or
• Online video module 155.
[0083] Examples of other applications 136 that are, optionally, stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication.
[0084] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, contacts module 137 are, optionally, used to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone module 138, video conference module 139, e-mail client module 140, or IM module 141; and so forth.
[0085] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, telephone module 138 are optionally, used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in contacts module 137, modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies. [0086] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, contacts module 137, and telephone module 138, video conference module 139 includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.
[0087] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, e-mail client module 140 includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module 144, e-mail client module 140 makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module 143.
[0088] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the instant messaging module 141 includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages, and to view received instant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, “instant messaging” refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS).
[0089] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, map module 154, and music player module, workout support module 142 includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store, and transmit workout data. [0090] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor(s) 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and image management module 144, camera module 143 includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory 102, modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory 102.
[0091] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and camera module 143, image management module 144 includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images.
[0092] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, browser module 147 includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages.
[0093] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147, calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions.
[0094] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, widget modules 149 are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary widget 149-5) or created by the user (e.g., user- created widget 149-6). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets). [0095] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, the widget creator module 150 are, optionally, used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget).
[0096] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, search module 151 includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 102 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions.
[0097] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, and browser module 147, video and music player module 152 includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen 112 or on an external, connected display via external port 124). In some embodiments, device 100 optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.).
[0098] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, notes module 153 includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions.
[0099] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, and browser module 147, map module 154 are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions.
[0100] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, text input module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147, online video module 155 includes instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port 124), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging module 141, rather than e-mail client module 140, is used to send a link to a particular online video. Additional description of the online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/936,562, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed June 20, 2007, and U.S. Patent Application No. 11/968,067, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed December 31, 2007, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[0101] Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. For example, video player module is, optionally, combined with music player module into a single module (e.g., video and music player module 152, FIG. 1A). In some embodiments, memory 102 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 102 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.
[0102] In some embodiments, device 100 is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device 100, the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device 100 is, optionally, reduced.
[0103] The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device 100 to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device 100. In such embodiments, a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad. [0104] FIG. IB is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 102 (FIG. 1 A) or 370 (FIG. 3A) includes event sorter 170 (e.g., in operating system 126) and a respective application 136-1 (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications 137-151, 155, 380-390).
[0105] Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines the application 136-1 and application view 191 of application 136-1 to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter 170 includes event monitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174. In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes application internal state 192, which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display 112 when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state 157 is used by event sorter 170 to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state 192 is used by event sorter 170 to determine application views 191 to which to deliver event information.
[0106] In some embodiments, application internal state 192 includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application 136-1 resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application 136-1, a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application 136-1, and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user.
[0107] Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface 118. Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch- sensitive display 112, as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface 118 transmits information it receives from VO subsystem 106 or a sensor, such as proximity sensor 166, accelerometer(s) 168, and/or microphone 113 (through audio circuitry 110). Information that peripherals interface 118 receives from VO subsystem 106 includes information from touch- sensitive display 112 or a touch-sensitive surface.
[0108] In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends requests to the peripherals interface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration). [0109] In some embodiments, event sorter 170 also includes a hit view determination module 172 and/or an active event recognizer determination module 173.
[0110] Hit view determination module 172 provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views when touch-sensitive display 112 displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display.
[OHl] Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture.
[0112] Hit view determination module 172 receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module 172 identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of subevents that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module 172, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view.
[0113] Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views. [0114] Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module 173, event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module 173. In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver 182.
[0115] In some embodiments, operating system 126 includes event sorter 170. Alternatively, application 136-1 includes event sorter 170. In yet other embodiments, event sorter 170 is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory 102, such as contact/motion module 130.
[0116] In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes a plurality of event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application’s user interface. Each application view 191 of the application 136-1 includes one or more event recognizers 180. Typically, a respective application view 191 includes a plurality of event recognizers 180. In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers 180 are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit or a higher level object from which application 136-1 inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler 190 includes one or more of: data updater 176, object updater 177, GUI updater 178, and/or event data 179 received from event sorter 170. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater
176, object updater 177, or GUI updater 178 to update the application internal state 192. Alternatively, one or more of the application views 191 include one or more respective event handlers 190. Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater 176, object updater
177, and GUI updater 178 are included in a respective application view 191.
[0117] A respective event recognizer 180 receives event information (e.g., event data 179) from event sorter 170 and identifies an event from the event information. Event recognizer 180 includes event receiver 182 and event comparator 184. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 also includes at least a subset of: metadata 183, and event delivery instructions 188 (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions).
[0118] Event receiver 182 receives event information from event sorter 170. The event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device.
[0119] Event comparator 184 compares the event information to predefined event or subevent definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 includes event definitions 186. Event definitions 186 contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1 (187-1), event 2 (187- 2), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event (187) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the definition for event 1 (187-1) is a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition for event 2 (187-2) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch- sensitive display 112, and liftoff of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers 190.
[0120] In some embodiments, event definition 187 includes a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display 112, when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display 112, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler 190, the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler 190 should be activated. For example, event comparator 184 selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test.
[0121] In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event (187) also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer’s event type.
[0122] When a respective event recognizer 180 determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions 186, the respective event recognizer 180 enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture.
[0123] In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 includes metadata 183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy.
[0124] In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 activates event handler 190 associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 delivers event information associated with the event to event handler 190. Activating an event handler 190 is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler 190 associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process.
[0125] In some embodiments, event delivery instructions 188 include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process.
[0126] In some embodiments, data updater 176 creates and updates data used in application 136-1. For example, data updater 176 updates the telephone number used in contacts module 137, or stores a video file used in video player module. In some embodiments, object updater 177 creates and updates objects used in application 136-1. For example, object updater 177 creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI updater 178 updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater 178 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module 132 for display on a touch- sensitive display.
[0127] In some embodiments, event handler(s) 190 includes or has access to data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178. In some embodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are included in a single module of a respective application 136-1 or application view 191. In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules.
[0128] It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices 100 with input devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized.
[0129] FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 having a touch screen 112 in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 200. In this embodiment, as well as others described below, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses 203 (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward), and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device 100. In some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.
[0130] Device 100 optionally also include one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button 204. As described previously, menu button 204 is, optionally, used to navigate to any application 136 in a set of applications that are, optionally, executed on device 100. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen 112.
[0131] In some embodiments, device 100 includes touch screen 112, menu button 204, push button 206 for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s) 208, subscriber identity module (SIM) card slot 210, headset jack 212, and docking/charging external port 124. Push button 206 is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process. In an alternative embodiment, device 100 also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone 113. Device 100 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on touch screen 112 and/or one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 100.
[0132] FIG. 3 A is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. Device 300 need not be portable. In some embodiments, device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child’s learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device 300 typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs) 310, one or more network or other communications interfaces 360, memory 370, and one or more communication buses 320 for interconnecting these components. Communication buses 320 optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components. Device 300 includes input/output (I/O) interface 330 comprising display 340, which is typically a touch screen display. I/O interface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device) 350 and touchpad 355, tactile output generator 357 for generating tactile outputs on device 300 (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s) 167 described above with reference to FIG. 1 A), sensors 359 (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 165 described above with reference to FIG. 1 A). Memory 370 includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes nonvolatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory 370 optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s) 310. In some embodiments, memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1 A), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100. For example, memory 370 of device 300 optionally stores drawing module 380, presentation module 382, word processing module 384, website creation module 386, disk authoring module 388, and/or spreadsheet module 390, while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1 A) optionally does not store these modules.
[0133] Each of the above-identified elements in FIG. 3 A is, optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above. The aboveidentified modules or programs (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 370 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.
[0134] Implementations within the scope of the present disclosure can be partially or entirely realized using a tangible computer-readable storage medium (or multiple tangible computer-readable storage media of one or more types) encoding one or more computer- readable instructions. It should be recognized that computer-readable instructions can be organized in any format, including applications, widgets, processes, software, and/or components.
[0135] Implementations within the scope of the present disclosure include a computer- readable storage medium that encodes instructions organized as an application (e.g., application 3160) that, when executed by one or more processing units, control an electronic device (e.g., device 3150) to perform the method of FIG. 3B, the method of FIG. 3C, and/or one or more other processes and/or methods described herein.
[0136] It should be recognized that application 3160 (shown in FIG. 3D) can be any suitable type of application, including, for example, one or more of: a browser application, an application that functions as an execution environment for plug-ins, widgets or other applications, a fitness application, a health application, a digital payments application, a media application, a social network application, a messaging application, and/or a maps application. In some embodiments, application 3160 is an application that is pre-installed on device 3150 at purchase (e.g., a first-party application). In some embodiments, application 3160 is an application that is provided to device 3150 via an operating system update file (e.g., a first-party application or a second-party application). In some embodiments, application 3160 is an application that is provided via an application store. In some embodiments, the application store can be an application store that is pre-installed on device 3150 at purchase (e.g., a first-party application store). In some embodiments, the application store is a third-party application store (e.g., an application store that is provided by another application store, downloaded via a network, and/or read from a storage device).
[0137] Referring to FIG. 3B and FIG. 3D, application 3160 obtains information (e.g., 3010). In some embodiments, at 3010, information is obtained from at least one hardware component of device 3150. In some embodiments, at 3010, information is obtained from at least one software module of device 3150. In some embodiments, at 3010, information is obtained from at least one hardware component external to device 3150 (e.g., a peripheral device, an accessory device, and/or a server). In some embodiments, the information obtained at 3010 includes positional information, time information, notification information, user information, environment information, electronic device state information, weather information, media information, historical information, event information, hardware information, and/or motion information. In some embodiments, in response to and/or after obtaining the information at 3010, application 3160 provides the information to a system (e.g., 3020).
[0138] In some embodiments, the system (e.g., 3110 shown in FIG. 3E) is an operating system hosted on device 3150. In some embodiments, the system (e.g., 3110 shown in FIG. 3E) is an external device (e.g., a server, a peripheral device, an accessory, and/or a personal computing device) that includes an operating system.
[0139] Referring to FIG. 3C and FIG. 3G, application 3160 obtains information (e.g., 3030). In some embodiments, the information obtained at 3030 includes positional information, time information, notification information, user information, environment information electronic device state information, weather information, media information, historical information, event information, hardware information, and/or motion information. In response to and/or after obtaining the information at 3030, application 3160 performs an operation with the information (e.g., 3040). In some embodiments, the operation performed at 3040 includes: providing a notification based on the information, sending a message based on the information, displaying the information, controlling a user interface of a fitness application based on the information, controlling a user interface of a health application based on the information, controlling a focus mode based on the information, setting a reminder based on the information, adding a calendar entry based on the information, and/or calling an API of system 3110 based on the information.
[0140] In some embodiments, one or more steps of the method of FIG. 3B and/or the method of FIG. 3C is performed in response to a trigger. In some embodiments, the trigger includes detection of an event, a notification received from system 3110, a user input, and/or a response to a call to an API provided by system 3110.
[0141] In some embodiments, the instructions of application 3160, when executed, control device 3150 to perform the method of FIG. 3B and/or the method of FIG. 3C by calling an application programming interface (API) (e.g., API 3190) provided by system 3110. In some embodiments, application 3160 performs at least a portion of the method of FIG. 3B and/or the method of FIG. 3C without calling API 3190.
[0142] In some embodiments, one or more steps of the method of FIG. 3B and/or the method of FIG. 3C includes calling an API (e.g., API 3190) using one or more parameters defined by the API. In some embodiments, the one or more parameters include a constant, a key, a data structure, an object, an object class, a variable, a data type, a pointer, an array, a list or a pointer to a function or method, and/or another way to reference a data or other item to be passed via the API.
[0143] Referring to FIG. 3D, device 3150 is illustrated. In some embodiments, device 3150 is a personal computing device, a smart phone, a smart watch, a fitness tracker, a head mounted display (HMD) device, a media device, a communal device, a speaker, a television, and/or a tablet. As illustrated in FIG. 3D, device 3150 includes application 3160 and an operating system (e.g., system 3110 shown in FIG. 3E). Application 3160 includes application implementation module 3170 and API-calling module 3180. System 3110 includes API 3190 and implementation module 3100. It should be recognized that device 3150, application 3160, and/or system 3110 can include more, fewer, and/or different components than illustrated in FIGS. 3D and 3E.
[0144] In some embodiments, application implementation module 3170 includes a set of one or more instructions corresponding to one or more operations performed by application 3160. For example, when application 3160 is a messaging application, application implementation module 3170 can include operations to receive and send messages. In some embodiments, application implementation module 3170 communicates with API-calling module 3180 to communicate with system 3110 via API 3190 (shown in FIG. 3E).
[0145] In some embodiments, API 3190 is a software module (e.g., a collection of computer-readable instructions) that provides an interface that allows a different module (e.g., API-calling module 3180) to access and/or use one or more functions, methods, procedures, data structures, classes, and/or other services provided by implementation module 3100 of system 3110. For example, API-calling module 3180 can access a feature of implementation module 3100 through one or more API calls or invocations (e.g., embodied by a function or a method call) exposed by API 3190 (e.g., a software and/or hardware module that can receive API calls, respond to API calls, and/or send API calls) and can pass data and/or control information using one or more parameters via the API calls or invocations. In some embodiments, API 3190 allows application 3160 to use a service provided by a Software Development Kit (SDK) library. In some embodiments, application 3160 incorporates a call to a function or method provided by the SDK library and provided by API 3190 or uses data types or objects defined in the SDK library and provided by API 3190. In some embodiments, API-calling module 3180 makes an API call via API 3190 to access and use a feature of implementation module 3100 that is specified by API 3190. In such embodiments, implementation module 3100 can return a value via API 3190 to API- calling module 3180 in response to the API call. The value can report to application 3160 the capabilities or state of a hardware component of device 3150, including those related to aspects such as input capabilities and state, output capabilities and state, processing capability, power state, storage capacity and state, and/or communications capability. In some embodiments, API 3190 is implemented in part by firmware, microcode, or other low level logic that executes in part on the hardware component.
[0146] In some embodiments, API 3190 allows a developer of API-calling module 3180 (which can be a third-party developer) to leverage a feature provided by implementation module 3100. In such embodiments, there can be one or more API-calling modules (e.g., including API-calling module 3180) that communicate with implementation module 3100. In some embodiments, API 3190 allows multiple API-calling modules written in different programming languages to communicate with implementation module 3100 (e.g., API 3190 can include features for translating calls and returns between implementation module 3100 and API-calling module 3180) while API 3190 is implemented in terms of a specific programming language. In some embodiments, API-calling module 3180 calls APIs from different providers such as a set of APIs from an OS provider, another set of APIs from a plug-in provider, and/or another set of APIs from another provider (e.g., the provider of a software library) or creator of the another set of APIs.
[0147] Examples of API 3190 can include one or more of: a pairing API (e.g., for establishing secure connection, e.g., with an accessory), a device detection API (e.g., for locating nearby devices, e.g., media devices and/or smartphone), a payment API, a UIKit API (e.g., for generating user interfaces), a location detection API, a locator API, a maps API, a health sensor API, a sensor API, a messaging API, a push notification API, a streaming API, a collaboration API, a video conferencing API, an application store API, an advertising services API, a web browser API (e.g., WebKit API), a vehicle API, a networking API, a WiFi API, a Bluetooth API, an NFC API, a UWB API, a fitness API, a smart home API, contact transfer API, photos API, camera API, and/or image processing API. In some embodiments, the sensor API is an API for accessing data associated with a sensor of device 3150. For example, the sensor API can provide access to raw sensor data. For another example, the sensor API can provide data derived (and/or generated) from the raw sensor data. In some embodiments, the sensor data includes temperature data, image data, video data, audio data, heart rate data, IMU (inertial measurement unit) data, lidar data, location data, GPS data, and/or camera data. In some embodiments, the sensor includes one or more of an accelerometer, temperature sensor, infrared sensor, optical sensor, heartrate sensor, barometer, gyroscope, proximity sensor, temperature sensor, and/or biometric sensor.
[0148] In some embodiments, implementation module 3100 is a system (e.g., operating system and/or server system) software module (e.g., a collection of computer-readable instructions) that is constructed to perform an operation in response to receiving an API call via API 3190. In some embodiments, implementation module 3100 is constructed to provide an API response (via API 3190) as a result of processing an API call. By way of example, implementation module 3100 and API-calling module 3180 can each be any one of an operating system, a library, a device driver, an API, an application program, or other module. It should be understood that implementation module 3100 and API-calling module 3180 can be the same or different type of module from each other. In some embodiments, implementation module 3100 is embodied at least in part in firmware, microcode, or hardware logic.
[0149] In some embodiments, implementation module 3100 returns a value through API 3190 in response to an API call from API-calling module 3180. While API 3190 defines the syntax and result of an API call (e.g., how to invoke the API call and what the API call does), API 3190 might not reveal how implementation module 3100 accomplishes the function specified by the API call. Various API calls are transferred via the one or more application programming interfaces between API-calling module 3180 and implementation module 3100. Transferring the API calls can include issuing, initiating, invoking, calling, receiving, returning, and/or responding to the function calls or messages. In other words, transferring can describe actions by either of API-calling module 3180 or implementation module 3100. In some embodiments, a function call or other invocation of API 3190 sends and/or receives one or more parameters through a parameter list or other structure.
[0150] In some embodiments, implementation module 3100 provides more than one API, each providing a different view of or with different aspects of functionality implemented by implementation module 3100. For example, one API of implementation module 3100 can provide a first set of functions and can be exposed to third-party developers, and another API of implementation module 3100 can be hidden (e.g., not exposed) and provide a subset of the first set of functions and also provide another set of functions, such as testing or debugging functions which are not in the first set of functions. In some embodiments, implementation module 3100 calls one or more other components via an underlying API and thus is both an API-calling module and an implementation module. It should be recognized that implementation module 3100 can include additional functions, methods, classes, data structures, and/or other features that are not specified through API 3190 and are not available to API-calling module 3180. It should also be recognized that API-calling module 3180 can be on the same system as implementation module 3100 or can be located remotely and access implementation module 3100 using API 3190 over a network. In some embodiments, implementation module 3100, API 3190, and/or API-calling module 3180 is stored in a machine-readable medium, which includes any mechanism for storing information in a form readable by a machine (e.g., a computer or other data processing system). For example, a machine-readable medium can include magnetic disks, optical disks, random access memory; read only memory, and/or flash memory devices.
[0151] An application programming interface (API) is an interface between a first software process and a second software process that specifies a format for communication between the first software process and the second software process. Limited APIs (e.g., private APIs or partner APIs) are APIs that are accessible to a limited set of software processes (e.g., only software processes within an operating system or only software processes that are approved to access the limited APIs). Public APIs that are accessible to a wider set of software processes. Some APIs enable software processes to communicate about or set a state of one or more input devices (e.g., one or more touch sensors, proximity sensors, visual sensors, motion/orientation sensors, pressure sensors, intensity sensors, sound sensors, wireless proximity sensors, biometric sensors, buttons, switches, rotatable elements, and/or external controllers). Some APIs enable software processes to communicate about and/or set a state of one or more output generation components (e.g., one or more audio output generation components, one or more display generation components, and/or one or more tactile output generation components). Some APIs enable particular capabilities (e.g., scrolling, handwriting, text entry, image editing, and/or image creation) to be accessed, performed, and/or used by a software process (e.g., generating outputs for use by a software process based on input from the software process). Some APIs enable content from a software process to be inserted into a template and displayed in a user interface that has a layout and/or behaviors that are specified by the template. [0152] Many software platforms include a set of frameworks that provides the core objects and core behaviors that a software developer needs to build software applications that can be used on the software platform. Software developers use these objects to display content onscreen, to interact with that content, and to manage interactions with the software platform. Software applications rely on the set of frameworks for their basic behavior, and the set of frameworks provides many ways for the software developer to customize the behavior of the application to match the specific needs of the software application. Many of these core objects and core behaviors are accessed via an API. An API will typically specify a format for communication between software processes, including specifying and grouping available variables, functions, and protocols. An API call (sometimes referred to as an API request) will typically be sent from a sending software process to a receiving software process as a way to accomplish one or more of the following: the sending software process requesting information from the receiving software process (e.g., for the sending software process to take action on), the sending software process providing information to the receiving software process (e.g., for the receiving software process to take action on), the sending software process requesting action by the receiving software process, or the sending software process providing information to the receiving software process about action taken by the sending software process. Interaction with a device (e.g., using a user interface) will in some circumstances include the transfer and/or receipt of one or more API calls (e.g., multiple API calls) between multiple different software processes (e.g., different portions of an operating system, an application and an operating system, or different applications) via one or more APIs (e.g., via multiple different APIs). For example, when an input is detected the direct sensor data is frequently processed into one or more input events that are provided (e.g., via an API) to a receiving software process that makes some determination based on the input events, and then sends (e.g., via an API) information to a software process to perform an operation (e.g., change a device state and/or user interface) based on the determination. While a determination and an operation performed in response could be made by the same software process, alternatively the determination could be made in a first software process and relayed (e.g., via an API) to a second software process, that is different from the first software process, that causes the operation to be performed by the second software process. Alternatively, the second software process could relay instructions (e.g., via an API) to a third software process that is different from the first software process and/or the second software process to perform the operation. It should be understood that some or all user interactions with a computer system could involve one or more API calls within a step of interacting with the computer system (e.g., between different software components of the computer system or between a software component of the computer system and a software component of one or more remote computer systems). It should be understood that some or all user interactions with a computer system could involve one or more API calls between steps of interacting with the computer system (e.g., between different software components of the computer system or between a software component of the computer system and a software component of one or more remote computer systems).
[0153] In some embodiments, the application can be any suitable type of application, including, for example, one or more of: a browser application, an application that functions as an execution environment for plug-ins, widgets or other applications, a fitness application, a health application, a digital payments application, a media application, a social network application, a messaging application, and/or a maps application.
[0154] In some embodiments, the application is an application that is pre-installed on the first computer system at purchase (e.g., a first-party application). In some embodiments, the application is an application that is provided to the first computer system via an operating system update file (e.g., a first-party application). In some embodiments, the application is an application that is provided via an application store. In some embodiments, the application store is pre-installed on the first computer system at purchase (e.g., a first-party application store) and allows download of one or more applications. In some embodiments, the application store is a third-party application store (e.g., an application store that is provided by another device, downloaded via a network, and/or read from a storage device). In some embodiments, the application is a third-party application (e.g., an app that is provided by an application store, downloaded via a network, and/or read from a storage device). In some embodiments, the application controls the first computer system to perform method 700, 800, and 900 (FIGS. 7, 8A, 8B, and 9) by calling an application programming interface (API) provided by the system process using one or more parameters.
[0155] In some embodiments, exemplary APIs provided by the system process include one or more of: a pairing API (e.g., for establishing secure connection, e.g., with an accessory), a device detection API (e.g., for locating nearby devices, e.g., media devices and/or smartphone), a payment API, a UIKit API (e.g., for generating user interfaces), a location detection API, a locator API, a maps API, a health sensor API, a sensor API, a messaging API, a push notification API, a streaming API, a collaboration API, a video conferencing API, an application store API, an advertising services API, a web browser API (e.g., WebKit API), a vehicle API, a networking API, a WiFi API, a Bluetooth API, an NFC API, a UWB API, a fitness API, a smart home API, contact transfer API, a photos API, a camera API, and/or an image processing API.
[0156] In some embodiments, at least one API is a software module (e.g., a collection of computer-readable instructions) that provides an interface that allows a different module (e.g., API-calling module) to access and use one or more functions, methods, procedures, data structures, classes, and/or other services provided by an implementation module of the system process. The API can define one or more parameters that are passed between the API-calling module and the implementation module. In some embodiments, API 3190 defines a first API call that can be provided by API-calling module 3180. The implementation module is a system software module (e.g., a collection of computer-readable instructions) that is constructed to perform an operation in response to receiving an API call via the API. In some embodiments, the implementation module is constructed to provide an API response (via the API) as a result of processing an API call. In some embodiments, the implementation module is included in the device (e.g., 3150) that runs the application. In some embodiments, the implementation module is included in an electronic device that is separate from the
[0157] Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces that are, optionally, implemented on, for example, portable multifunction device 100.
[0158] FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device 100 in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implemented on device 300. In some embodiments, user interface 400 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• Signal strength indicator(s) 402 for wireless communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals;
• Time 404;
• Bluetooth indicator 405;
Battery status indicator 406; Tray 408 with icons for frequently used applications, such as: o Icon 416 for telephone module 138, labeled “Phone,” which optionally includes an indicator 414 of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages; o Icon 418 for e-mail client module 140, labeled “Mail,” which optionally includes an indicator 410 of the number of unread e-mails; o Icon 420 for browser module 147, labeled “Browser;” and o Icon 422 for video and music player module 152, also referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module 152, labeled “iPod;” and
• Icons for other applications, such as: o Icon 424 for IM module 141, labeled “Messages;” o Icon 426 for calendar module 148, labeled “Calendar;” o Icon 428 for image management module 144, labeled “Photos;” o Icon 430 for camera module 143, labeled “Camera;” o Icon 432 for online video module 155, labeled “Online Video;” o Icon 434 for stocks widget 149-2, labeled “Stocks;” o Icon 436 for map module 154, labeled “Maps;” o Icon 438 for weather widget 149-1, labeled “Weather;” o Icon 440 for alarm clock widget 149-4, labeled “Clock;” o Icon 442 for workout support module 142, labeled “Workout Support;” o Icon 444 for notes module 153, labeled “Notes;” and o Icon 446 for a settings application or module, labeled “Settings,” which provides access to settings for device 100 and its various applications 136.
[0159] It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in FIG. 4A are merely exemplary. For example, icon 422 for video and music player module 152 is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.” Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In some embodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon.
[0160] FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device 300, FIG. 3 A) with a touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., a tablet or touchpad 355, FIG. 3 A) that is separate from the display 450 (e.g., touch screen display 112). Device 300 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors 359) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface 451 and/or one or more tactile output generators 357 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 300.
[0161] Although some of the examples that follow will be given with reference to inputs on touch screen display 112 (where the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown in FIG. 4B. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B) has a primary axis (e.g., 452 in FIG. 4B) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g., 453 in FIG. 4B) on the display (e.g., 450). In accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts (e.g., 460 and 462 in FIG. 4B) with the touch- sensitive surface 451 at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in FIG. 4B, 460 corresponds to 468 and 462 corresponds to 470). In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts 460 and 462, and movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch- sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B) are used by the device to manipulate the user interface on the display (e.g., 450 in FIG. 4B) of the multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should be understood that similar methods are, optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein.
[0162] Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures), it should be understood that, in some embodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a mouse-based input or stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). As another example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously.
[0163] FIG. 5A illustrates exemplary personal electronic device 500. Device 500 includes body 502. In some embodiments, device 500 can include some or all of the features described with respect to devices 100 and 300 (e.g., FIGS. 1 A-4B). In some embodiments, device 500 has touch-sensitive display screen 504, hereafter touch screen 504. Alternatively, or in addition to touch screen 504, device 500 has a display and a touch-sensitive surface. As with devices 100 and 300, in some embodiments, touch screen 504 (or the touch-sensitive surface) optionally includes one or more intensity sensors for detecting intensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being applied. The one or more intensity sensors of touch screen 504 (or the touch-sensitive surface) can provide output data that represents the intensity of touches. The user interface of device 500 can respond to touches based on their intensity, meaning that touches of different intensities can invoke different user interface operations on device 500.
[0164] Exemplary techniques for detecting and processing touch intensity are found, for example, in related applications: International Patent Application Serial No.
PCT/US2013/040061, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application,” filed May 8, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2013/169849, and International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069483, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,” filed November 11, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2014/105276, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[0165] In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more input mechanisms 506 and 508. Input mechanisms 506 and 508, if included, can be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatable mechanisms. In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, can permit attachment of device 500 with, for example, hats, eyewear, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets, watch straps, chains, trousers, belts, shoes, purses, backpacks, and so forth. These attachment mechanisms permit device 500 to be worn by a user. [0166] FIG. 5B depicts exemplary personal electronic device 500. In some embodiments, device 500 can include some or all of the components described with respect to FIGS. 1 A, IB, and 3 A. Device 500 has bus 512 that operatively couples VO section 514 with one or more computer processors 516 and memory 518. I/O section 514 can be connected to display 504, which can have touch-sensitive component 522 and, optionally, intensity sensor 524 (e.g., contact intensity sensor). In addition, I/O section 514 can be connected with communication unit 530 for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication techniques. Device 500 can include input mechanisms 506 and/or 508. Input mechanism 506 is, optionally, a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, for example. Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a button, in some examples.
[0167] Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a microphone, in some examples. Personal electronic device 500 optionally includes various sensors, such as GPS sensor 532, accelerometer 534, directional sensor 540 (e.g., compass), gyroscope 536, motion sensor 538, and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I/O section 514.
[0168] Memory 518 of personal electronic device 500 can include one or more non- transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by one or more computer processors 516, for example, can cause the computer processors to perform the techniques described below, including processes 700-900 (FIGS. 7, 8A-8B, and 9). A computer-readable storage medium can be any medium that can tangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions for use by or in connection with the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device. In some examples, the storage medium is a transitory computer-readable storage medium. In some examples, the storage medium is a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can include, but is not limited to, magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storages. Examples of such storage include magnetic disks, optical discs based on CD, DVD, or Blu-ray technologies, as well as persistent solid-state memory such as flash, solid-state drives, and the like. Personal electronic device 500 is not limited to the components and configuration of FIG. 5B, but can include other or additional components in multiple configurations.
[0169] As used here, the term “affordance” refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object that is, optionally, displayed on the display screen of devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (FIGS. 1 A, 3 A, and 5A-5B). For example, an image (e.g., icon), a button, and text (e.g., hyperlink) each optionally constitute an affordance.
[0170] As used herein, the term “focus selector” refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a cursor or other location marker, the cursor acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad 355 in FIG. 3 A or touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4B) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations that include a touch screen display (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 in FIG. 1 A or touch screen 112 in FIG. 4 A) that enables direct interaction with user interface elements on the touch screen display, a detected contact on the touch screen acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface. Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector, the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user’s intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box) over a respective button while a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device).
[0171] As used in the specification and claims, the term “characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally, based on one or more of a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds optionally includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation or forgo performing the respective operation), rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation.
[0172] In some embodiments, a portion of a gesture is identified for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. For example, a touch-sensitive surface optionally receives a continuous swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an end location, at which point the intensity of the contact increases. In this example, the characteristic intensity of the contact at the end location is, optionally, based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact, and not the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location). In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithm is, optionally, applied to the intensities of the swipe contact prior to determining the characteristic intensity of the contact. For example, the smoothing algorithm optionally includes one or more of: an unweighted sliding-average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponential smoothing algorithm. In some circumstances, these smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the intensities of the swipe contact for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity.
[0173] The intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, characterized relative to one or more intensity thresholds, such as a contact-detection intensity threshold, a light press intensity threshold, a deep press intensity threshold, and/or one or more other intensity thresholds. In some embodiments, the light press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations that are different from operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, when a contact is detected with a characteristic intensity below the light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is no longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in accordance with movement of the contact on the touch- sensitive surface without performing an operation associated with the light press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold. Generally, unless otherwise stated, these intensity thresholds are consistent between different sets of user interface figures.
[0174] An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the light press intensity threshold to an intensity between the light press intensity threshold and the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a “light press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the deep press intensity threshold to an intensity above the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a “deep press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity between the contact-detection intensity threshold and the light press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the touch-surface. A decrease of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity above the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the contact from the touch-surface. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is zero. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is greater than zero.
[0175] In some embodiments described herein, one or more operations are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a respective press input or in response to detecting the respective press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or plurality of contacts) above a press-input intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., a “down stroke” of the respective press input). In some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., an “up stroke” of the respective press input).
[0176] In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed “jitter,” where the device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationship to the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold). Thus, in some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., an “up stroke” of the respective press input). Similarly, in some embodiments, the press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in intensity of the contact from an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the press-input intensity threshold and, optionally, a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increase in intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the contact, depending on the circumstances).
[0177] For ease of explanation, the descriptions of operations performed in response to a press input associated with a press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture including the press input are, optionally, triggered in response to detecting either: an increase in intensity of a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and/or a decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press-input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where an operation is described as being performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of a contact below the press-input intensity threshold, the operation is, optionally, performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than, the press-input intensity threshold.
[0178] Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”) and associated processes that are implemented on an electronic device, such as portable multifunction device 100, device 300, or device 500.
[0179] FIGS. 6A-6AM illustrate exemplary user interfaces for logging and/or organizing user activities (e.g., during a subset of a recurring time period), in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 7, 8A-8B, and 9.
[0180] FIG. 6A illustrates electronic device 600 (e.g., a smart phone) displaying introductory user interface 606 on touchscreen display 602. In some embodiments, device 600 includes one or more features of devices 100, 300, and/or 500. The current date is August 1, as indicated by the text (which is provided to improve understanding and is not part of the displayed interface) above device 600, and the current time is 08:00, as shown by time indication 604. Introductory user interface 606 introduces the glucose monitoring feature and includes continue affordance 606a. In some embodiments, introductory user interface 606 includes multiple, separate screens of content that describe the glucose monitoring feature in greater detail during onboarding. In some embodiments, device 600 receives one or more inputs to initiate and complete onboarding for the glucose monitoring feature. In this example, device 600 detects tap input 608 corresponding to selection of continue affordance 606a and, in response to receiving tap input 608, device 600 starts the baseline phase (e.g., an onboarding phase, initial phase, and/or sensor phase) and displays hourly log user interface 610, as shown in FIG. 6B.
[0181] FIG. 6B depicts device 600 displaying, on touchscreen display 602, hourly log user interface 610. Hourly log user interface 610 includes graph region 612, which includes day of the week indicators 612a (e.g., “S” for Sunday, “M” for Monday, and so forth) and chart region 612b, which currently reads “NO CHART DATA AVAILABLE.” In some embodiments, once enough data has been received, day of the week indicators 612a can be selected, causing device 600 to display chart data for the selected day. In some embodiments, chart data becomes available after a predetermined amount of data (e.g., blood glucose data) has been received by device 600. In some embodiments, the blood glucose data is provided by a continuous blood glucose monitor, worn by a user of device 600, that is in communication with device 600.
[0182] Hourly log user interface 610 further includes log region 614. Log region 614 includes meal logging affordance 614a, activity logging affordance 614b, and mood logging affordance 614c. Hourly log user interface 610 also includes hours tab affordance 616a and settings tab affordance 616b. In some embodiments, selection of setting tab affordance 616b causes device 600 to display a settings user interface. In some embodiments, the settings user interface includes a variety of options, some of which could be reviewing collected data, adjusting time frames, viewing policies, customizing measurement units.
[0183] As shown by time indication 604 in FIG. 6C, 4 hours have passed (relative to FIG. 6B) and the current time is now 12:00. Device 600 has received blood glucose data to be displayed on touchscreen display 602 within hourly log user interface 610. The day of the week indicator 612a corresponding to Saturday, August 1 (e.g., “S”) now includes a small chart icon indicating that data has been collected for the day. Chart region 612b now includes hours along the x-axis and blood glucose amount along the y-axis. Chart line 612c (e.g., corresponding to blood glucose measurements) shows the measurements of blood glucose at particular time periods. Chart line 612c stops at 12:00, indicating that data has been collected prior to 12:00. Chart line 612c shows standard blood glucose measurements and elevated blood glucose measurements. As illustrated, elevated measurements (e.g., measurements that exceed a predetermined threshold value (e.g., >130 mg/dL; >180 mg/dL)) are visually distinguished (e.g., in a different line weight, in a different color) from standard measurements. In some embodiments, chart line 612c does not visually distinguish elevated measurements from standard measurements. Device 600 receives tap input 617 corresponding to selection of meal logging affordance 614a. In response to detecting tap input 617 at meal logging affordance 614a, device 600 initiates creation of a log entry for a meal (e.g., consumption of food or beverage (e.g., breakfast, lunch, dinner, a snack)). In some embodiments, selection of activity logging affordance 614b initiates creation of a log entry for a physical activity (e.g., exercise, meditation). In some embodiments, selection of mood logging affordance 614c initiates creation of a log entry for a sentiment (e.g., happy, sad, lethargic, energized).
[0184] In FIG. 6D, device 600 displays, on touchscreen display 602, log entry creation user interface 618. Log entry creation user interface 618 includes a time selection affordance 618a. In some embodiments, selection of the time selection affordance 618a allows customization of the time corresponding to the log entry. In this example, time selection affordance 618a shows (e.g., defaults to) the current time of 12:00. Log entry creation user interface 618 also includes search bar 618b, which can be selected to initiate searching for a particular food. In some embodiments, when logging an activity or mood, search bar 618b can be used to find specific exercises or sentiment. Log entry creation user interface 618 further includes camera affordance 618c and save affordance 618d. In some embodiments, selection of camera affordance 618c opens the camera of device 600 and allows a user to capture a picture of their meal. In such embodiments, device 600 generates a log entry based on a photo of a meal (e.g., using image recognition software).
[0185] Log entry creation user interface 618 includes item selection region 620. In this example, item selection region 620 displays common foods that a user can select for logging. In some embodiments, when logging an activity, item selection region 620 includes selectable affordances corresponding to various activities (e.g., walking, biking, meditating). In some embodiments, when logging a mood, item selection region 620 includes selectable affordances corresponding to various moods/sentiments (e.g., feelings (e.g., anxious, excited, tired)). Device 600 receives tap inputs 622a and 622b corresponding to selection of bread affordance 620a and salad affordance 620b, respectively. In some embodiments, only one selectable affordance within the item selection region 620 can be selected while creating a log entry. In some embodiments, one or more selectable affordance within the item selection region 620 can be selected while creating a log entry. As shown in FIG. 6E, in response to detecting tap inputs 622a and 622b, device 600 displays log entry creation user interface 618 with bread affordance 620a and salad affordance 620b visually different (e.g., bolded) than the other food affordances, indicating these two foods have been selected for logging.
[0186] In FIG. 6E, device 600 receives tap input 624 corresponding to selection of save affordance 618d. In response to detecting tap input 624, device 600 generates log entry 614d displayed in in log region 614 of hourly log user interface 610, as shown in FIG. 6F.
[0187] In FIG. 6F, hourly log user interface 610 now includes display of log entry 614d. Log entry 614d includes the foods consumed (e.g., bread and salad) and time indication (e.g., 12:00) corresponding to the time the foods were consumed. Log entry 614d is displayed below “AFTERNOON,” which indicates the general time period that the meal was consumed. In this example, each day is divided into four recurring periods of time (e.g., quadrants), which include morning (04:00 to 10:00), afternoon (10:00 to 16:00), evening (16:00 to 22:00), and overnight (22:00 to 04:00). In some embodiments, the quadrants span different ranges of time. In some embodiments, the quadrants are not equal periods of time within a 24-hour period (e.g., two 5-hour periods and two 7-hour periods; longer period of time for the overnight quadrant). In some embodiments, the subsets of a recurring time period are different than quadrants (e.g., the day is divided into sextants or octants or a week is divided into individual days). In some embodiments, a full day is the recurring period of time, without further divisions. In some embodiments, the recurring periods of time are selected (e.g., customized) by the user. Log entry 614d further includes optional details that specify the type of food (e.g., “SOURDOUGH ROLL” is a type of “BREAD”). In this example, “SOURDOUGH ROLL” has been specified below “BREAD” and selectable “ADD DETAIL. . .” is displayed below “SALAD” as a prompt to add details (e.g., notes, specify the type of salad). In some embodiments, selecting “ADD DETAIL. . .” causes device 600 to display a text entry field and a keyboard. In some embodiments, after input of additional details, device 600 ceases display of “ADD DETAIL. ..” and displays the inputted text. Log entry 614d optionally includes a selectable affordance 614dl (e.g., icon with the three dots) to view details and edit (e.g., add or remove types of food) or delete the log entry. In some embodiments, in response to selecting affordance 614dlor log entry 614d, device 600 displays a log detail user interface containing specific details about the log entry (e.g., a glucose graph, date, time, and options to edit, duplicate, or delete the log entry). [0188] In addition to generating log entry 614d, device 600 displays meal glyph 612d along chart line 612c. Meal glyph 612d is displayed at a time, e.g., 12:00, along chart region 612b, corresponding to the time that the meal was consumed. In some embodiments, if the log entry was an activity or mood log entry, a corresponding activity or mood glyph would be displayed along chart line 612c. In some embodiments, meal, activity, and mood glyphs are selectable user interface objects, that, when selected, causes device 600 to display a log detail user interface corresponding to the log entry.
[0189] Turning now to FIG. 6G, the current date is August 10, as indicated above device 600. Device 600 displays, on touchscreen display 602, hourly log user interface 610. Hourly log user interface 610 includes chart region 612b with chart line 612e and activity glyph 614e displayed in log region 614. Activity glyph 612e corresponds to log entry 614e (e.g., walking). In some embodiments, device 600 can receive swipe inputs corresponding to chart region 612b to scroll (e.g., horizontally scroll) and view previously collected data. In some embodiments, previously collected data within chart region 612b includes meal glyphs along chart line 612c at the times corresponding to each log entry for a morning meal (e.g., toast) and an afternoon meal (e.g., pasta), as shown in log region 614.
[0190] Ten days after onboarding, on August 11, as shown in FIG. 6H, device 600 displays action notification 626 over hourly log user interface 610. Action notification 626 indicates that the baseline phase is now complete and next phase (e.g., the action phase) of the glucose monitoring feature is available. In some embodiments, action notification 626 is displayed after a minimum amount of time has passed since the start of the baseline phase (e.g., starting data collection). In some embodiments, action notification 626 is displayed after enough physiological data (e.g., blood glucose measurements) have been received by device 600. In some embodiments, action notification 626 is displayed after enough elevated blood glucose measurements have been received by device 600. In some embodiments, the action phase is unavailable (e.g., locked) until a criteria, such as the ones described, have been met. Action notification 626 includes continue affordance 626a (e.g., “CHOOSE ACTION ITEMS”). Device 600 detects tap input 628 corresponding to selection of continue affordance 626a, and in response to tap input 628, device 600 initiates action phase set up.
[0191] As shown in FIG. 61, in response to detecting tap input 628, device 600 initiates action phase set up by displaying, on touchscreen display 602, baseline summary user interface 630. Baseline summary user interface 630 includes an informational affordance 630a, which details how physiological data (e.g., blood glucose data) received by device 600 is presented, and continue affordance 630b. Informational affordance 630a includes elevation values (e.g., one through ten) corresponding to the elevation level (e.g., no elevation, minor elevation, some elevation, elevated, very elevated) of a received blood glucose measurement. In some embodiments, elevation values are presented instead of concentration values (e.g., mg/dL). In some embodiments, elevation values are based on (e.g., derived from) blood glucose measurements over a period of time (e.g., from 10:00 to 16:00; a day; every day for seven days from 09:00 to 12:00).
[0192] Baseline summary user interface 630 of FIG. 61 further includes morning baseline affordance 632. Morning baseline affordance 632 shows morning baseline graph 632a, which is a visual representation of elevated data received by device 600 during morning quadrant (e.g., period of time in the morning (e.g., from 04:00 to 10:00)) during the baseline phase (e.g., onboarding phase, initial phase, sensor phase), and morning elevation value 632b. In some embodiments, morning baseline graph 632a depicts the instance (e.g., the single morning (e.g., the morning of August 8th)) having the most elevated physiological data received by device 600 during the morning quadrant of the baseline phase. In some embodiments, morning baseline graph 632a is based on (e.g., derived from) all physiological data (e.g., displayed as an average) received by device 600 during the morning quadrant of the baseline phase (e.g., lasting 10 days; for a week). In some embodiments, baseline summary user interface 630 presents subsets of a recurring time period (e.g., a day; a week) different than quadrants (e.g., the day is divided into sextants or octants or a week is divided into individual days).
[0193] As shown in FIG. 61, device 600 detects swipe input 638, corresponding to a request to scroll baseline summary user interface 630, on touchscreen display 602. In response to receiving swipe input 638, device 600 displays a second portion of baseline summary user interface 630, as shown in FIG. 6 J. In FIG. 6 J, baseline summary user interface 630 includes a portion of morning baseline affordance 632, along with a selectable view all morning data affordance 632c. In some embodiments, selection of view all morning data affordance 632c causes device 600 to display a user interface having one or more graphs, including morning baseline graph 632a, corresponding to physiological data (e.g., blood glucose measurements) received by device 600 during the morning quadrant (e.g., period of time in the morning (e.g., from 04:00 to 10:00)) of the baseline phase. In some embodiments, in response to selection of view all morning data affordance 632c, device 600 displays graphs corresponding to instances of receiving elevated physiological data (e.g., measurements above a threshold).
[0194] In FIG. 6J, baseline summary user interface 630 includes evening baseline affordance 634. Evening baseline affordance 634 is analogous to morning baseline affordance 632, however, evening baseline affordance 634 corresponds to physiological data (e.g., blood glucose measurements) received by device 600 during the evening quadrant (e.g., period of time during the evening (e.g., from 16:00 to 22:00)) of the baseline phase. Evening baseline affordance 634 includes evening baseline graph 634a, which shows the period of time during the evening (e.g., froml6:00 to 22:00) along the x-axis and blood glucose measurements received by device 600 along the y-axis. Portions of evening baseline graph 634a containing elevated measurements are visually distinct (e.g., having a thicker line weight) from non-elevated measurements. Evening baseline affordance 634 includes evening elevation value 632b. Baseline summary user interface 630 includes selectable view all evening data affordance 634c, which is analogous to selectable view all morning data affordance 632c.
[0195] Baseline summary user interface 630 further includes a portion of overnight baseline affordance 636, which in analogous to morning baseline affordance 632 and evening baseline affordance 634. Overnight baseline affordance 636 corresponds to physiological data (e.g., blood glucose measurements) received by device 600 during the overnight quadrant (e.g., period of time overnight (e.g., from 22:00 to 04:00)) of the baseline phase. In some embodiments, after receiving a scroll input, device 600 displays baseline summary user interface 630 showing the entire overnight baseline affordance 636 and a selectable view all overnight data affordance, analogous to selectable view all morning data affordance 632c and selectable view all evening data affordance 634c.
[0196] In the example described, device 600 displays affordances corresponding to physiological data received during the morning, evening, and overnight quadrants during the baseline phase (e.g., an initial period of time (e.g., ten days, a week)) and does not display an affordance corresponding to physiological data received during the afternoon quadrant (e.g., period of time in the afternoon (e.g., from 10:00 to 16:00)). In some embodiments, device 600 determines, based on the received physiological data, the one or more portions of the day having the most elevated blood glucose measurements (e.g., during the baseline phase) and displays baseline affordances accordingly. In some embodiments, the portions of the day having the most elevated blood glucose measurements, and therefore are displayed by device 600, contain the highest measurements (e.g., the three highest measurements as between the four quadrants of the day). In some embodiments, the portions of the day that are displayed by device 600 have the highest elevation values. In some embodiments, the portions of the day that are displayed by device 600 have more time spent in an elevated measurement state. Therefore, in some embodiments, device 600 displays a combination of the morning, afternoon, evening, and overnight quadrants. In some embodiments, device 600 displays affordances corresponding to each quadrant (e.g., morning, afternoon, evening, overnight).
[0197] As shown in FIG. 6J, device 600 receives tap input 640 corresponding to selection of continue affordance 630b. In response to detecting tap input 640, device 600 displays, on touchscreen display 602, task selection user interface 642, as shown in FIG. 6K. Task selection user interface 642 currently includes morning task affordance 644, evening task affordance 646, and a portion of overnight task affordance 648. Each task affordance (e.g., 644, 646, 648) includes a number of selectable tasks (e.g., three) to be chosen to be performed during the specified part of the day (e.g., morning, evening). The selectable tasks are to perform either a physical activity (e.g., “TRY AN ACTIVITY AROUND BREAKFAST”) or consume or forgo consumption of a type of food (e.g., “EAT CARBS DURING DINNER”; “AVOID SNACKS AROUND DINNER”) during the specified part of the day. In some embodiments, the tasks presented to affect elevated blood glucose measurements are the same for each user (e.g., standard tasks). In some embodiments, performance of these tasks has a positive effect on (e.g., reduces elevation of) blood glucose measurements. Device 600 receives swipe input 650 corresponding to a request to scroll task selection user interface 642.
[0198] In response to detecting swipe input 650, device 600 displays another portion of task selection user interface 642, as shown in FIG. 6L. Task selection user interface 642 shows a portion of morning task affordance 644, along with evening task affordance 646 and overnight task affordance 648. Evening task affordance 646 includes three selectable tasks 646a-646c to be performed to affect blood glucose measurements received by device 600 during the evening. Overnight task affordance 648 includes three selectable tasks 648a-648c to be performed to affect blood glucose measurements received by device 600 overnight. Selectable task 646a (which reads, “TRY AN ACTIVITY DURING DINNER”) is a task to be performed during the evening quadrant (e.g., period of time during the evening (e.g., from 16:00 to 22:00)) to affect blood glucose measurements received by device 600 during the same period of time. Selectable task 648b (which reads, “TRY SMALLER PORTIONS OF HIGH RESPONSE FOODS AT DINNER”) is a task to be performed at dinner, typically within the evening quadrant to affect blood glucose measurements received by device 600 during the overnight quadrant (e.g., period of time overnight (e.g., from 22:00 to 04:00)). In some embodiments, tasks are to be performed within the designated part of the day. In some embodiments, tasks can be performed near the designated part of the day. In some embodiments, tasks are to be logged within the designated part of the day.
[0199] In FIG. 6L, device 600 detects tap input 652a corresponding to selection of selectable task 646a and tap input 652b corresponding to selection of selectable task 648a. As shown in FIG. 6M, in response to receiving tap inputs 652a and 652b, device 600 displays, on touchscreen display 602, selectable task 646a and selectable task 648a having check marks as a confirmatory indication that each task has been selected. Upon selection of the tasks, device 600 displays selectable affordances “LEARN MORE” and “EXAMPLES” below selected tasks 646a and 648a. In some embodiments, selection of the “LEARN MORE” affordance causes device 600 to display additional information pertaining to the selected task. In some embodiments, selection of the “EXAMPLES” affordance causes device 600 to display one or more examples corresponding to the selected task (e.g., go for a walk after dinner; bike ride before dinner; opt for a low-carb dessert before bed; forgo dessert). Upon selecting tasks 646a and 648a, device 600 displays continue affordance 642a (which reads, “SELECT 2 ACTION ITEMS”). Device 600 detects tap input 654 corresponding to selection of continue affordance 642a, which completes action phase set up.
[0200] In response to receiving tap input 654 to complete action phase set up, device 600 displays progress user interface 656, as shown in FIG. 6N. Device 600 also displays progress tab affordance 616c for navigating to progress user interface 656. Progress user interface 656 includes counter 656a, which has a live count for the number of tasks completed (e.g., “ACTION ITEMS COMPLETED”), currently showing “0” and the number of days remaining, currently showing “7”. The action phase for the glucose monitoring feature is a predetermined period of time (e.g., 7 days, 10 days), as indicated by the number of days remaining. [0201] Progress user interface 656 of FIG. 6N also includes an evening region 658 and a portion of overnight region 660. Each region contains instructional text for when to perform the selected task. Evening region 658 shows selected task 646a “TRY AN ACTIVITY AROUND DINNER” along with instructions for tracking and selectable affordances “LEARN MORE” and “EXAMPLES”. Overnight region 660 contains elements analogous to those of evening region 658. In some embodiments, device 600 detects a swipe input to scroll the displayed progress user interface 656 and displays the entire evening region 658. Device 600 detects tap input 662 corresponding to selection of hours tab affordance 616a and, in response, navigates to hourly log user interface 610 similar to that shown in FIG. 6G and FIG. 60.
[0202] In FIG. 60, a few days have passed and the current date is August 14, as indicated above device 600. In some embodiments, device 600 displays hourly log user interface 610 with chart region 612b including the current time (e.g., 20:00) along the x-axis. In some embodiments, device 600 detects a swipe input to scroll chart region 612b to display blood glucose data collected at an earlier time. In this example, device 600 displays hourly log user interface 610 with chart region 612b showing chart line 612c from approximately 09:30 to 16:00. Meal glyph 612f corresponds to “BAGEL” log entry 614f. Device 600 detects tap input 664 corresponding to selection of activity logging affordance 614b.
[0203] In response to receiving tap input 664 at activity logging affordance 614b, device 600 initiates logging of an activity, as shown by log entry creation user interface 618 in FIG. 6P. As discussed with reference to FIG. 6D, log entry creation user interface 618 includes selectable affordances corresponding to various activities (e.g., relaxing, walking, running). Device 600 detects tap input 666a at walking affordance 620c, followed by tap input 666b at next affordance 618e. In response to receiving tap inputs 666a and 666b, device 600 displays task confirmation user interface 668, as shown in FIG. 6Q.
[0204] FIG. 6Q illustrates device 600 displaying, on touchscreen display 602, task confirmation user interface 668. Task confirmation user interface 668 is presented while creating a log entry after tasks to be performed during the action phase have been selected, as shown in FIGS. 6I-6N. Task confirmation user interface 668 includes task 646a (which reads, “TRY AN ACTIVITY DURING DINNER”) and task 648a (which reads, “AVOID HIGH CARB FOODS OR BEVERAGES BEFORE BED”), both of which were selected during task selection described with reference to FIGS. 6I-6N. In some embodiments, multiple tasks (e.g., three or more) are presented in task confirmation user interface 668. In some embodiments, task confirmation user interface 668 presents the task corresponding to the time specified on log entry creation user interface 618 (e.g., present task 626a when the time specified on log entry creation user interface 618 is between 16:00 and 22:00) and does not present task(s) that do not correspond to the time specified. In some embodiments, device 600 forgoes displaying task confirmation user interface 618 when the time specified on log entry creation user interface 618 does not correspond to the part of the day for performing a selected task (e.g., do not display task confirmation user interface 618 for log entries that are not between 16:00 and 22:00 or 22:00 and 04:00). In some embodiments, device 600 displays task confirmation user interface 618 regardless of the time specified on log entry creation user interface 618 and tasks can be marked as completed outside of the part of the day designated for performing that task (e.g., create a log entry at 20:00 and select task 648a to be performed between 22:00 and 04:00). In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input selecting a task to be marked as completed outside of the part of the day designated for performing that task, device 600 displays an informative message that the effect of performing that selected task outside of the part of the day designated for performing that task is inconclusive to the physiological data collected (e.g., “The effects of your logged entry “avoid high carb foods or beverages before bed” at 20:00 are inconclusive for your overnight blood glucose measurements”).
[0205] In the example detailed in FIG. 6Q, device 600 detects tap input 670a corresponding to selection of task 646a. In some embodiments, in response to selection of task 646a, task 646a is shown with a check mark indication. Device 600 also detects tap input 670b corresponding to selection of save affordance 668a. In response to receiving tap input 670b, device 600 saves the activity log entry and displays hourly log user interface 610.
[0206] As shown in FIG. 6R, device 600 displays, on touchscreen display 602, hourly log user interface 610 with an updated chart region 612b. The updated chart region 612b shows the period of time ranging from 15:30 to 22:00 with chart line 612c and activity glyph 612g. Activity glyph 612g corresponds to “WALKING” log entry 614g. “WALKING” log entry 614g includes an indication that task 646a was satisfied by walking at 20:00. In contrast, “BAGEL” log entry 614f does not satisfy a user-selected task, and therefore does not include an indication similar to that of “WALKING” log entry 614g. Device 600 receives tap input 672 corresponding to selection of progress tab affordance 616c, and in response, displays progress user interface 656, as shown in FIG. 6S.
[0207] As shown in FIG. 6S, device 600 displays, on touchscreen display 602, progress user interface 656, similar to that described with respect to FIG. 6N. While FIG. 6N illustrates progress user interface 656 on the first day of the action phase (e.g., after completing action phase set up, August 11), FIG. 6S shows progress user interface 656 during the action phase (e.g., on August 14). Counter 656a is updated to show that five action items (e.g., tasks) have been completed and there are three more days in the action phase to perform the tasks displayed on progress user interface 656.
[0208] In FIG. 6S, the evening region 658 includes selected task 646a, along with “WALKING” log entry 614g and “BIKING” log entry 614h, corresponding to log entries that satisfied task 646a of “TRY AN ACTIVITY AROUND DINNER.” Log entries 614g and 614h include elevation values to indicate the impact of performing the activity (e.g., walking, biking) on blood glucose measurements received by device 600 during the evening period (e.g., from 16:00 to 22:00) of the day the activity was performed (e.g., walking on August 14, biking on August 13). In comparison to the typical evening elevation score of “7,” received by device 600 during the baseline phase, walking and biking both caused a decrease in evening elevation score (e.g., to “3”, to “2”) for their respective days. Device 600 receives swipe input 674 corresponding to a request to scroll progress user interface 656 to view more of overnight region 660.
[0209] As shown in FIG. 6T, in response to swipe input 674, device 600 displays more of progress user interface 656, which now shows a portion of evening region 658 that includes “BIKING” log entry 614h and all of overnight region 660. Overnight region 660 includes information similar to that described with respect to in FIG. 6N, including task 648a, and further includes log entries (e.g, “SUGAR FREE CHEESECAKE,” “LOW CARB OATMEAL COOKIE,” “WATER WITH DINNER,”) that correspond to performing task 648a.
[0210] Device 600 receives tap input 676 corresponding to selection of “BIKING” log entry 614h. As shown in FIG. 6U, in response to detecting tap input 676, device 600 displays, on touchscreen display 602, log detail user interface 678. Log detail user interface 678 includes details about “BIKING” log entry 614h, including the date and time the activity was performed (e.g., 18:30 on August 13) and the elevation value for blood glucose measurements received by device 600 during the evening period (e.g., from 16:00 to 22:00) on August 13. Log detail user interface 678 also includes selected task 646a and the typical evening elevation score of “7.”
[0211] In FIG. 6U, log detail user interface 678 shows comparison region 678a. Comparison region 678a includes a chart having evening baseline graph 634a overlaid on (e.g., superimposed onto, displayed concurrently with) biking graph 678b. As previously described with respect to FIG. 6J, evening baseline graph 634a is a graphical representation of blood glucose measurements received by device 600 during an evening period (e.g., from 16:00 to 22:00) during the baseline phase. Biking graph 678b is a graphical representation of blood glucose data received by device 600 during the evening period on August 13 and includes an activity glyph at 18:30 to show when task 646a was performed. Evening baseline graph 634a and biking graph 678b both include portions that are visually distinct (e.g., thicker line weight) from the rest of the graph. The visually distinct portions of each graph represent blood glucose measurements that are above a predetermined threshold and are considered to be elevated measurements.
[0212] Log detail user interface 678 includes selectable exit affordance 678c. Device 600 detects tap input 680 corresponding to selection of exit affordance 678c, and in response, device 600 ceases display of log detail user interface 678 and displays progress user interface 656, as shown in FIG. 6V.
[0213] In FIG. 6V, device 600 returns to displaying progress user interface 656. Progress user interface includes selectable plus affordance 660a within overnight region 660. Device 600 detects tap input 682 corresponding to selection of plus affordance 660a and, in response, initiates a process for selecting a new task to be performed during the overnight period of time.
[0214] As shown in FIG. 6W, in response to receiving tap input 682, device 600 displays task addition user interface 684. Task addition user interface 684 includes selectable tasks 648b and 648c to be performed to affect blood glucose measurements received by device 600 overnight. Tasks 648b and 648c are the tasks that were not selected during action phase set up, described in further detail with reference to FIGS. 6I-6N. In some embodiments, plus affordance 660a is not displayed within overnight region 660, and therefore task addition user interface 684 is unavailable, until the current task (e.g., “AVOID HIGH CARB FOODS OR BEVERAGES BEFORE BED”) has been completed (e.g., performed, logged) a number of times (e.g., three times). Device 600 detects tap input 686a corresponding to selection of task 648c (which reads, “EAT A HIGH FIBER SNACK BEFORE BED”). In some embodiments, in response to receiving tap input 686a, device 600 displays task 648c with an indication that it has been selected (e.g., with a check mark).
[0215] As shown in FIG. 6X, after receiving tap input 686a, device 600 detects tap input 686b corresponding to selection of save affordance 684a. In response to receiving tap input 686b, device 600 displays progress user interface 656 having newly selected task 648c listed in overnight region 660. Within overnight region 660, task 648a shows three log entries corresponding to performing “AVOID HIGH CARB FOODS OR BEVERAGES BEFORE BED” and task 648c shows that no log entries corresponding to performing “EAT A HIGH FIBER SNACK BEFORE BED” have been completed yet. In some embodiments, after adding a new task, task 648c is displayed as a selectable option on task confirmation user interface 668 while creating a new log entry.
[0216] Turning now to FIG. 6Y, the date is currently August 18, seven days after starting the action phase, and the current time is 09:00. Device 600 displays off boarding notification 688 over hourly log user interface 610. In some embodiments, off boarding notification 688 is displayed over progress user interface. Off boarding notification 688 indicates that the action phase is now complete and the next phase (e.g., goal phase) of the glucose monitoring feature is available. Device 600 detects tap input 690 corresponding to selection of continue affordance 688a (e.g., “ADD A GOAL”) within off boarding notification 688. In response to receiving tap input 690, device 600 initiates creating a goal in FIG. 6Z.
[0217] As shown in FIG. 6Z, device 600 displays, on touchscreen display 602, goal selection user interface 692. Goal selection user interface 692 includes selectable tasks 646a, 648a, and 648c, which were performed and tracked during action phase. In some embodiments, tasks are displayed on goal selection user interface 692 if the task was completed a number of times (e.g. three times) during the action phase. Device 600 detects tap input 694a corresponding to selection of task 646a “TRY AN ACTIVITY AROUND DINNER.” In some embodiments, in response to receiving tap input 694a, device 600 displays task 646a with an indication that it was selected (e.g., with a check mark). After selection of task 694a, device 600 receives tap input 694b corresponding to selection of continue affordance 692a. In response to detecting tap input 694b, device 600 displays goal customization user interface 696, as shown in FIG. 6AA.
[0218] In FIG. 6AA, device 600 displays goal customization user interface 696. Goal customization user interface 696 includes task 646a along with selectable text fields 696a and 696b and day field 696c for customizing the goal based on task 646a. Text field 696a corresponds to specifying the activity to be performed (e.g., walking, yoga, running) and text field 696b corresponds to specifying the duration of time to perform the activity (e.g., 20 minutes, 60 minutes). Device 600 detects tap inputs 698a and 698b corresponding to selection of text fields 696a and 696b. In some embodiments, in response to receiving tap inputs 698a and 698b at text fields 696a and 696b for customizing the goal, device 600 displays a keyboard for entering the custom text. Device 600 also detects tap input 698c corresponding to selection of day field 696c. In some embodiments, in response to receiving tap input 698c at day field 696c, device 600 shows a list from one through seven, for selecting how many times per week to perform the goal. In some embodiments, goal customization user interface 696 includes a customization field for specifying when during the recurring subset of the recurring time period to perform customized goal based on task 646a (e.g., after eating dinner, before eating dinner, concurrently with a meal).
[0219] In FIG. 6AB, device 600 display goal customization user interface 696 having text fields 696a and 696b completed to read, “DO YOGA FOR 20 MINUTES” and day field 696c set to “5” times per week. Device 600 receives tap input 6100 corresponding to selection of continue affordance 696d. In response to detecting tap input 6100, device 600 saves customized goal 6102, as shown in FIG. 6 AC.
[0220] In FIG. 6 AC, device 600 continues displaying goal customization user interface
696 having customized goal 6102 based on task 646a. Goal customization user interface 696 now includes additional selectable affordances to “EDIT” and “DELETE” customized goal 6102. Goal customization user interface 696 further includes selectable add affordance 696e. In some embodiments, selecting add affordance 696e causes device 600 to display goal selection user interface 692, similar to that shown in FIG. 6Z. Device 600 receives tap input 6104 corresponding to selection of save affordance 696f. In response to detecting tap input 6104, device 600 displays progress user interface 656, as shown in FIG. 6AD. [0221] In FIG. 6AD, device 600 displays, on touchscreen display 602, progress user interface 656 that is updated when in the goal phase. Progress user interface 656 includes selectable week affordances 656b and 656c. Week affordance 656c, corresponding to the current week of “AUG 18-24,” is visually highlighted (e.g., in bold) to show that it is currently selected. Below week affordance 656c, device 600 displays “0%” to indicate that the goal has not been completed. In some embodiments, in response to selection of week affordance 656b for the week of “AUG 11-17,” corresponding to the action phase, device 600 displays week affordance 656b as visually highlighted (e.g., in bold) and includes evening region 658 and overnight region 600 in progress user interface 656, as described with reference to FIGS. 6S-6V.
[0222] In this example, in FIG. 6AD, when week affordance 656c is selected, progress user interface 656 includes customized goal 6102 and selected task 646a. Customized goal 6102 includes progress indicators 6102a-6012e. Progress indicator 6102a is a plus sign that can be selected to confirm a completed instance of the customized goal. Progress indicator 6102e is reads “GOAL” beneath it, to indicate that upon the fifth completed instance of the customized goal, the goal has been met for the week.
[0223] Turning now to FIG. 6AE, the date is currently August 19 and the time is 20:00. Device 600 displays progress user interface 656 with customized goal 6102 and log entries 614i and 614j . In some embodiments, log entries 614i and 614j were created via selecting activity logging affordance 614b on hourly log user interface 610, similarly described with respect to FIG. 60. “WALKING” log entry 614j satisfies task 646a “TRY AN ACTIVITY AROUND DINNER,” however, it is not performing the activity of customized goal 6102. In contrast, “YOGA” log entry 614i satisfies task 646a and is performing the activity of customized goal 6102. In some embodiments, device 600 displays only the log entries that satisfy the customized goal (e.g., displays “YOGA” log entry 614i without displaying “WALKING” log entry 614j). In some embodiments, device 600 displays all log entries that satisfy task 646a “TRY AN ACTIVITY AROUND DINNER” performed during the week of August 18 to August 24. Device 600 detects tap input 6106 corresponding to selection of progress indicator 6102a.
[0224] As shown in FIG. 6AF, in response to receiving tap input 6106, device 600 updates progress indicator 6102a to show a check mark and updates progress indicator 6102b to the selectable plus sign. Below week affordance 656c, device 600 updates from “0%” to “20%, ” indicating that customized goal 6102 has been completed one of five times.
[0225] At the end of the week, on August 24 as shown in FIG. 6AG, device 600 displays goal review user interface 6108. Goal review user interface 6108 includes customize goal 6102 with progress indicators 6102a-6102d filled with a check mark and progress indicator 6102e empty, to show that customized goal 6102 was completed four of five times between August 18 and August 24. Device 600 detects tap input 6110 corresponding to selection of continue affordance 6108a. In response to receiving tap input 6110, device 600 displays rating user interface 6112, as shown in FIG. 6 AH.
[0226] In FIG. 6AH, device 600 displays rating user interface 6112 that includes rating region 6114. Rating region 6114 includes a rating scale from “0 NOT GOOD” to “10 GREAT” and sliding affordance 6114a positioned at “5” to start. In some embodiments, sliding affordance 6114a is initially positioned at “0 NOT GOOD.” Device 600 detects swipe input 6116 corresponding to selection and moving of sliding affordance 6114a.
[0227] As shown in FIG. 6 Al, in response to receiving swipe input 6116, device 600 moves sliding affordance 6114a to the left and updates “YOUR ANSWER” to “7.” Device 600 receives tap input 6118 corresponding to selection of continue affordance 6112a and, in response, proceeds to goal customization user interface 696.
[0228] In FIG. 6AJ, goal customization user interface 696 includes a prompt to modify customized goal 6102 based on task 646a using either the selectable edit affordance 696g or selectable delete affordance 696h. In some embodiments, selecting edit affordance 696g causes device 600 to display goal customization user interface 696 of FIG. 6AB. In some embodiments, while device 600 is displaying goal customization user interface 696 of FIG. 6AB for editing the customized goal, device 600 receives tap inputs to change (e.g., modify, edit, update) the customized goal to be performed during the subsequent period of time (e.g., next week, August 25 to August 31). In some embodiments, in response to selection of delete affordance 696h, device 600 ceases display of (e.g., deletes, removes) customized goal 6102. Goal customization user interface 696 also includes a prompt to add a new goal using selectable add affordance 696e. In some embodiments, selecting add affordance 696e causes device 600 to display goal selection user interface 692, similar to that shown in FIG. 6Z, having tasks 648a and 648b available for selection. In some embodiments, selection of either task 648a or 648b initiates goal creation similar to the process described with respect to FIGS. 6AA-6AD. In some embodiments, selecting save affordance 696f causes device 600 to display progress user interface 656, similar to the process described with respect to FIGS. 6AC-6AD.
[0229] As shown in FIG. 6AI, device 600 received a rating of “7” for customized goal 6102 performed from August 18 to August 24. In some embodiments, if the rating is a high range rating (e.g., seven or higher), device 600 displays goal customization user interface 696, such as in FIG. 6J. In some embodiments, if the rating of the customized goal is a midrange rating (e.g., from four to six), device 600 displays feedback user interface 6120, as shown in FIG. 6AK. Feedback user interface 6120 of FIG. 6AK includes a questionnaire to evaluate success factors for completing the customized goal. In some embodiments, if the rating of the customized goal is a low range rating (e.g., three or below), device 600 displays barrier user interface 6122, as shown in FIG. 6AL. Barrier user interface 6122 of FIG. 6AL includes a questionnaire directed to determining barriers (e.g., obstacles) for completing the customized goal. In some embodiments, device 600 further displays examples (e.g., of time management, of ways to maintain motivation) for improving the success and rating of the customized goal. In some embodiments, device 600 further displays suggestions (e.g., tips) for improving the success and rating of the customized goal.
[0230] In FIG. 6AM, device 600 displays a toolbox user interface 6200. Toolbox user interface 6200 provides information on various user activities, also referred to herein as “actions” or “strategies”, that the user can perform to potentially impact a physical parameter of the user, such as blood glucose levels and/or blood elevated glucose events. In some embodiments, the activities shown in toolbox user interface 6200 are examples of the activities discussed with reference to FIGS. 6A-6AL, such as the “BIKING” activity discussed with reference to FIG. 6S. Toolbox user interface 6200 organizes the information for the user activities based on a level of impact on a user’s physical parameter (e.g., blood glucose elevation events), as discussed in more detail, below.
[0231] In FIG. 6AM, toolbox user interface 6200 includes an initially-displayed portion 6200a and an additional portion 6200b that is accessible via scrolling (e.g., in response to a swipe gesture) of toolbox user interface 6200. At the top of initially-displayed portion 6200a, toolbox user interface 6200 includes affordances 6202a, 6202b, and 6202c, which correspond, respectively, to an identify benchmark phase (also referred to herein as a “baseline phase”), a explore strategies phase (also referred to herein as an “action phase”), and a build routine phase (also referred to herein as a “goal phase”). These phases are part of an overall, multi-phase process for monitoring and/or affecting the blood glucose levels of the user (also referred to herein as a “glucose monitoring feature”), as described above. A user can select (e.g., via touch or air gesture) affordances 6202a, 6202b, or 6202c to navigate to interfaces corresponding to the respective phase. In FIG. 6AM, device 600 toolbox user interface 6200 is currently focused on the explore strategies phase, as indicated by the bolding of affordance 6202b, the carat under the affordance, and indicator 6204b. Indicator 6204a shows that the explore strategies phase is currently the in-progress phase of the multiphase process.
[0232] In FIG. 6AM, toolbox user interface 6200 displays representations of user activity (e.g., representation 6206a, 6206b, 6208a, and 6210a) that are organized based on a level of impact on a physical parameter of the user (e.g., blood glucose levels and/or elevated glucose events). In some embodiments, data corresponding to a particular user activity (e.g., a particular instance of performance of the user activity) includes data indicating the impact of performance of the user activity on a physical parameter (e.g., blood glucose level). For example, with reference to representation 6206a, which corresponds to a “GO BIKING” activity, the representation includes impact indicators 6206a4 and 6306a5. Impact indicator 6206a4 indicates (e.g., via a numerical value and an downwards arrow) that a first, logged occurrence of the “GO BIKING” activity resulted in a decrease of 5 elevated glucose events (as described in more detail above) (e.g., a decrease from 7 events to 2 events or from 5 events to zero events) for the corresponding afternoon, compared to the baseline/benchmark number of elevated glucose events that were detected during the afternoon period during the baseline/benchmark phase. In some embodiments, an occurrence of an activity that has an impact of a first type (e.g., a reduction in elevated glucose events) is displayed with a first visual characteristic or profile, such as being colored green (e.g., as indicated by the pattern of impact indicator 6206a4). Similarly, impact indicator 6306a5 indicates that a second occurrence of the “GO BIKING” activity resulted in a decrease of 2 elevated glucose events for the corresponding afternoon, as compared to baseline/benchmark. In FIG. 6AM, representation 6206a for the “GO BIKING” activity is displayed in region 6206 of toolbox user interface 6200 that corresponds to activities that have been identified as being “MOST IMPACTFUL” (e.g., activities that meet a first set of impact level criteria). Representation 6206a also includes indicator 6206a2 that indicates a level of difficulty of the activity. In some embodiments, the indicated difficulty is determined by the computer system. In some embodiments, the difficulty is user-determined and/or logged. In some embodiments, the level of difficulty is useful for users when setting goals for activities to perform. Representation 6206a also includes indicator 6206a6 that indicates that the “GO BIKING” activity has the greatest single decrease in elevated glucose events of all of the currently logged activities (e.g., a decrease of 5 is the single greatest decrease seen in toolbox user interface 6200). In some embodiments, representations (e.g., representation 6206a) can be selected (e.g., via air gesture or a touch gesture) to display additional information regarding the logged events for a corresponding activity. For example, selection of representation 6206a can cause display of information that details the precise number of elevation events (e.g., rather than just the delta seen in FIG. 6AM) for each occurrence of the “GO BIKING” activity, information regarding the date and/or times of each activity, and or information about the corresponding time periods (e.g., corresponding afternoons).
[0233] In FIG. 6AM, representation 6206b, which corresponds to the “GO FOR A WALK” activity has also been identified as being in the “MOST IMPACTFUL” category (e.g., because it too, meets a first set of impact level criteria) and is therefore also displayed in region 6206 of toolbox user interface 6200. Representation 6206b includes 4 impact indicators, including indicator 6206b 1 that depicts an equal sign. Indicator 6206b 1 indicates that one of the 4 logged occurrences of the “GO FOR A WALK” activity resulted in no change in the number of elevated glucose events for the corresponding morning period, relative to the baseline/benchmark number of elevated glucose events for the morning period that were observed during the baseline/benchmark phase. Note that, despite this result, the “GO FOR A WALK” activity was determined to be a “MOST IMPACTFUL” activity, based on the total impact data for all of the occurrences of the activity. Representation 6206b also includes indicator 6206b2 that indicates that the “GO FOR A WALK” activity had the most logged occurrences of an activity that had the impact of decreasing elevated glucose event of all of the currently logged activities (e.g., 3 occurrences of decreases).
[0234] In FIG. 6AM, toolbox user interface 6200 also includes region 6208 that corresponds to activities that have been determined to be less impactful (e.g., less impactful than those in region 6206). In FIG. 6AM, region 6208 includes representation 6208a, that corresponds to a food-related activity-“REDUCE PORTIONS”. While an occurrence of this activity resulted in 1 reduction of elevated glucose events compared to the baseline/benchmark, computer system 600 displays representation 6208a in region 6208 rather than region 6206 because it determines that this level of impact does not meet the criteria for “MOST IMPACTFUL”.
[0235] In FIG. 6AM, toolbox user interface 6200 also includes region 6210 that corresponds to activities that have been deemed to not meet the “MOST IMPACTFUL” or “LESS IMPACTFUL” categories. In FIG. 6AM, region 6210 includes representation 6210a that corresponds to a food-related activity-“EAT CARBS LAST”. Representation 6210a indicates that two occurrences of the activity were logged, including a first occurrence that corresponds to an evening time period where an increase in elevated glucose events was observed (e.g., relative to baseline), as indicated by impact indicator 6210al (e.g., a 2 with an upward arrow). In some embodiments, an occurrence of an activity that has an impact of a second type (e.g., an increase in elevated glucose events) are displayed with a second visual characteristic or profile, such as being colored orange (e.g., as indicated by the pattern of impact indicator 6210al that differs from the pattern of impact indicator 6206a4).
[0236] In FIG. 6AM, toolbox user interface 6200 also includes affordance 6212 that can be selected to cause computer system 600 to display additional activities/strategies (e.g., strategies that do not have any log entries or strategies that meet different impact criteria). Toolbox user interface 6200 also includes affordance 6214 for accessing information that can be pertinent to affecting blood glucose levels and/or events, such as certain foods or activities. Toolbox user interface 6200 also includes affordances 6216a, 6216b, 6216c, and 61216d, which correspond, respectively, to accessing a home page (e.g., hourly log user interface 610) of the application that includes toolbox user interface 6200, accessing toolbox user interface 6200, accessing a user interface for controlling and/or reviewing details of a physical parameter sensor (e.g., continuous glucose sensor), and to accessing a settings user interface (e.g., similar to affordance 616b).
[0237] In some embodiments, as additional activities are logged, representations of activities (e.g., representations 6206a, 6206b, 6208a, and/or 6010a) are updated to include additional impact indicators and/or are moved to different regions of toolbox user interface 6200, if the additional impact data results in recategorization of an activity.
[0238] FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. Method 700 is performed at a computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g., 602) (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system; and/or a display (e.g., integrated or connected)) and one or more input devices (e.g., 112, 160, 602) (e.g. gyroscope, accelerometer, microphone, and/or a touch-sensitive surface). Some operations in method 700 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.
[0239] In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g., 600) is a computer system. The computer system is optionally in communication (e.g., wired communication, wireless communication) with a display generation component (e.g., 602) and with one or more input devices (e.g., 112, 160, 602). The display generation component is configured to provide visual output, such as display via a CRT display, display via an LED display, or display via image projection. In some embodiments, the display generation component is integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the display generation component is separate from the computer system. The one or more input devices are configured to receive input, such as a touch-sensitive surface receiving user input. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are separate from the computer system. Thus, the computer system can transmit, via a wired or wireless connection, data (e.g., image data or video data) to an integrated or external display generation component to visually produce the content (e.g., using a display device) and can receive, a wired or wireless connection, input from the one or more input devices.
[0240] As described below, method 700 provides an intuitive way for logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
[0241] The computer system displays (706), via the display generation component (e.g., 602), a task selection user interface (e.g., 642) with a set of one or more selectable task user interface objects (e.g., 644, 646, 648). The set of one or more selectable task user interface objects includes, in accordance with a determination (708) that physiological data (e.g., 634a) (e.g., data pertaining to blood glucose levels (e.g., a quantification of elevated blood glucose levels for a duration of time); baseline blood glucose measurements) for a first subset of a recurring time period (e.g., the time of day that device 600 received data to display line chart 634a) (e.g., a particular quadrant of time each day (e.g., 6 hours of a day, morning, afternoon, evening, overnight); a day (e.g., Monday, Tuesday) within a week)) meets a first set of criteria (e.g., as illustrated by the elevation value scale of 630a, 634b). In some embodiments, the first set of criteria includes a criterion that is met when the physiological data exceeds a threshold value (e.g., a blood glucose level exceeds a threshold blood glucose level)), a first selectable task user interface object (e.g., 646a-646c) that corresponds to a first type of user activity (e.g., 646a (“TRY AN ACTIVITY’), 646b (“EAT CARBS”), 646c (“AVOID SNACKS”)) to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period (e.g., the time period specified in 658 of FIG. 6N) (e.g., physical activity (e.g., exercise); eating or drinking certain foods). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that physiological data for the first subset of the recurring time period does not meet the first set of criteria, the one or more selectable task user interface objects does not include the first selectable task user interface object. The set of one or more selectable task user interface objects includes: in accordance with a determination (710) that physiological data (e.g., the line chart displayed within 636) for a second subset of the recurring time period (e.g., the time of day that device 600 received data to display the line chart within 636), different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets the first set of criteria (e.g., as illustrated by the elevation value scale of 630a, the elevation value within 636), a second selectable task user interface object (e.g. , 648a-648c) that corresponds to a second type of user activity (e.g., 648a (“AVOID HIGH CARB FOODS”), 648b (“TRY SMALLER PORTIONS”), 648c (“EAT A HIGH-FIBER SNACK”)) (e.g., a type of activity different than the first type of user activity) to be performed during the second subset of the recurring time period (e.g., the time period specified in 660 of FIG. 6N). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that physiological data for a second subset of the recurring time period meets the first set of criteria, the one or more selectable task user interface objects does not include the first selectable task user interface object.
[0242] The computer system, while displaying the task selection user interface (e.g., 642), receives (712), via the one or more input devices (e.g., 112, 160), a first set of one or more inputs (e.g., 652a, 652b, 654) (e.g., tap inputs). [0243] The computer system, in response to the receiving (714) the first set of one or more inputs and in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input (e.g., 652a) selecting the first selectable task user interface object (e.g., 646a), enables (716) logging of (e.g., recording; tracking; logging via user inputs) the first type of user activity (e.g., 646a) during the first subset of the recurring time period (e.g., the time periods specified in 646 and 660 of FIG. 6N) (e.g., during future occurrences of the first subset of the recurring time period). The computer system, in response to the receiving (714) the first set of one or more inputs and in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input (e.g., 652b) selecting the second selectable task user interface object (e.g., 648a), enables (718) logging of the second type of user activity (e.g., 648a) during the second subset of the recurring time period (e.g., as specified in 660). In some embodiments, without enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period. Displaying first or second selectable task user interface objects that correspond to first or second user activities based on whether physiological data for different subsets of a recurring time period meet a set of criteria provides the user with feedback about the physiological data for the different subsets of the recurring time period. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0244] The computer system, prior to displaying the task selection user interface (e.g., 642), receives (702) (e.g., via one or more physiological sensors in communication with the computer system (e.g., integrated into the computer system; in communication with the computer system); a data transfer from another computer system)) a first set of physiological data (e.g., as represented by 612c) for a first predetermined period of time (e.g., from August 1 to August 10 as described with reference to FIGS. 6A-6G) (e.g., 10 days, 14 days, 30 days), wherein the physiological data for the first subset of the recurring time period (e.g., the recurring time period is the period from 12PM to 6PM of every day of the predetermined time period) is based on (e.g., derived from, extrapolated from, extracted from) a subset (e.g., 632a, 634a) of the first set of physiological data for the predetermined time period (e.g., as represented by 612c from August 1 to August 10). In some embodiments, the physiological data is blood glucose data for the period from 12PM to 6PM for a 10-day data collection period.
[0245] The computer system, after receiving the first set of physiological data for the first predetermined period of time (e.g., in response to completing receiving of the first set of physiological data for a predetermined period of time (e.g., at the end of the predetermined time period)), displays (704) a data summary user interface (e.g., 630) that includes a first representation (e.g., 632a, 632a) (e.g., a graphical user interface object; a representation in a graph; a numerical value) of physiological data of the first set of physiological data for the first predetermined period of time that exceeded a first threshold value (e.g., a value below 632a and 634b). In some embodiments, the first representation of physiological data includes an indication of the subset of a recurring time period (e.g., the 6-hour quadrant of the day) during which the physiological data was obtained). In some embodiments, the data summary user interface includes a second representation of physiological data of the first set of physiological data for the predetermined period of time that exceeded the threshold value. In some embodiments, the second representation of physiological data corresponds to data from a different subset of the recurring time period (e.g., from a different quadrant of the day) than the data that corresponds to the first representation of physiological data). Displaying a first representation of physiological data that exceeded a threshold value provides the user with additional feedback as a subset of the received data. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0246] The computer system, wherein prior to receiving (e.g., prior to receiving all of) the first set of physiological data for the first predetermined period of time, the task selection user interface (e.g., 642) is not available for display (e.g., is locked; is not available for display at the request of a user), in response to receiving (e.g., receiving all of) the first set of physiological data for the first predetermined period of time, provides the task selection user interface (e.g., 642) for display (e.g., by displaying notification 626) (e.g., making the task selection user interface available for display (e.g.., from a previously unavailable state)). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the first set of physiological data for the predetermined period of time, displaying at least a first interface of a set of user interfaces that includes the task selection user interface. Providing the task selection user interface for display in response to the receipt of data controls access to an interface that operates based on whether that data is available yet. Performing an optimized operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0247] In some embodiments, the first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period is performance of a physical activity (e.g., 614g, 614h) (e.g., exercise) or consumption of a food or beverage (e.g., the log entries listed below 648a in FIG. 6T) (e.g., eating a meal).
[0248] The computer system, after enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period and after enabling logging of the second type of user activity during the second subset of the recurring time period, displays a progress user interface (e.g., 656) (e.g., an interface that includes representations of completed user activity(s) that have been enabled for logging) that includes, in accordance with a determination that a first instance (e.g., “WALKING” of 614g, “BIKING” of 614h) of the first type of user activity (e.g., 646a) (e.g., physical activity (e.g., exercise); consumption of food or beverage (e.g., eating carbs last)) has been logged during the first subset of the recurring time period (e.g., the time period specified in 658 of FIG. 6S) (e.g., the recurring time period is the period from 12PM to 6PM of every day), displaying a representation (e.g., 614g, 614h) (e.g., a user interface object (e.g., a selectable interface object (e.g., an affordance)) that corresponds to the first instance of the first type of user activity within a first portion (e.g., 658) (e.g., a first third) of the progress user interface (e.g., a user interface containing all completed action items), wherein the first portion of the progress user interface corresponds to the first subset of the recurring time period (e.g., the portion dedicated to logged events from 12PM to 6PM of every day).
[0249] The computer system, after enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period and after enabling logging of the second type of user activity during the second subset of the recurring time period, displays a progress user interface (e.g., 656) (e.g., an interface that includes representations of completed user activity(s) that have been enabled for logging) that includes, in accordance with a determination that a first instance (e.g., “SUGAR FREE CHEESECAKE” of FIG. 6T) of the second type of user activity (e.g., 648a) (e.g., physical activity (e.g., exercise); consumption of food or beverage (e.g., eating carbs last)) has been logged during the second subset of the recurring time period (e.g., the time period specified in 660 of FIG. 6T) (e.g., the recurring time period is the period from 12PM to 6PM of every day), displaying a representation (e.g., the log entry below 648a in FIG. 6T) (e.g., a user interface object (e.g., a selectable interface object (e.g., an affordance)) that corresponds to the first instance of the second type of user activity within a second portion (e.g., 660) (e.g., a first third) of the progress user interface (e.g., a user interface containing all completed action items), wherein the second portion of the progress user interface corresponds to the second subset of the recurring time period (e.g., the portion dedicated to logged events from 12PM to 6PM of every day). In some embodiments, the representation of the completed user activity includes an elevation score. In some embodiments, each portion of the progress user interface includes the baseline measurement elevation score. In some embodiments, a representation of a second instance of first type of user activity is displaying within the first portion of the progress user interface. Displaying a user interface with representations of completed instances of the user activities organized by subsets of the recurring time period provides the user with improved feedback as to what logged activities have been received by the computer system during the specific subsets of the recurring time period. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0250] The computer system, after enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period, displays a first representation (e.g., 614h) (e.g., a user interface object (e.g., a selectable interface object (e.g., an affordance)) of a logged instance (e.g., “BIKING” at 18:30) of the first type of user activity (e.g., 646a).
[0251] The computer system receives a first input (e.g., 676) (e.g., a tap) that corresponds to the representation of the logged instance of the first type of user activity.
[0252] The computer system, in response to receiving the first user input, displays a comparison user interface (e.g., 678) that includes the first representation (e.g., a graphical user interface object; a representation in a graph; a numerical value) of physiological data of the first set of physiological data for the first predetermined period of time that exceeded the first threshold value (e.g., 634a).
[0253] The computer system, in response to receiving the first user input, displays a comparison user interface (e.g., 678) that includes a second representation (e.g., a graphical user interface object; a representation in a graph) of physiological data of a second set of physiological data (e.g., data collected during the action phase; data different than the first set of physiological data) that corresponds to (e.g., that was collected in a period of time during which the logged instance of the first type of activity was performed) the logged instance of the first type of user activity (e.g., 678b).
[0254] The computer system, in response to receiving the first user input, displays a comparison user interface (e.g., 678) that includes a second representation (e.g., that is graphical similar or identical to the first representation) of the logged instance of the first type of user activity (e.g., the activity glyph along 678b of FIG. 6U). Displaying a user interface with first and second representations of physiological data for the same subset of a recurring time period provides the user with feedback as to the state of the data for the same subset of time received by the computer system. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0255] The computer system, after the first type of user activity has been logged a number of times that exceeds a second threshold value (e.g., the three logged entries listed below 648a in FIG. 6V) (e.g., performing the activity three or more times), displays a first selectable user interface object (e.g., 660a) (e.g., a plus button for adding a new user activity).
[0256] The computer system receives, via the one or more input devices (e.g., 112, 160), a second set of one or more inputs (e.g., 682, 686a, 686b) (e.g., tap inputs), wherein the second set of one or more inputs includes an input (e.g., 682) corresponding to the first selectable user interface object (e.g., a tap on the plus button). In some embodiments, the second set of one or inputs includes one or more inputs identifying a type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period. [0257] The computer system, in response to receiving the second set of one or more inputs, enables logging of a third type of user activity (e.g., 648c) during the first subset of the recurring time period (e.g., the time period specified in 660 of FIG. 6X). In some embodiments, an action phase is initiated with two action items to be performed in different subsets of the recurring time period, then add a third action item to one of the subsets, so that two or more action items can be performed for one subset of the recurring time period. In some embodiments, add a third action item for a third subset of the recurring time period (e.g., the recurring time period is the period from 6PM to 12AM of every day). In some embodiments, user activities (e.g., action items) are the same for all users (e.g., not personalized). Displaying a selectable user interface object after a condition is met provides the user with feedback that additional operations can be performed. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0258] The computer system, after enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period, receives a third set of one or more inputs (e.g., 664, 666a, 666b, 670a, 670b), wherein the third set of one or more inputs includes an input (e.g., 664) to initiate a log entry (e.g., in response to 664 at 614b in FIG. 60) (e.g., an entry corresponding to performance of a user activity (e.g., a physical activity (e.g., exercise); consumption of a food or drink); an entry corresponding to a current mood or sentiment of a user). In some embodiments, the third set of one or more inputs includes one or more inputs selecting or identifying additional details (e.g., the type of activity performed, a time at which it was performed; a current mood) of the log entry.
[0259] The computer system, after receiving the input to initiate the log entry, displays a selectable confirmation user interface object (e.g., 646a, 648a as shown on 668 of FIG. 6Q) for the first type of user activity.
[0260] The computer system, after receiving the input to initiate the log entry and in response to receiving the third set of one or more inputs, in accordance with a determination that the third set of one or more inputs includes selection (e.g., 670a) of the selectable confirmation user interface object for the first type of user activity, logs an instance of the first type of user activity (e.g., 614g).
[0261] The computer system, after receiving the input to initiate the log entry and in response to receiving the third set of one or more inputs, in accordance with a determination that the third set of one or more inputs does not include selection selectable confirmation user interface object for the first type of user activity, logs an event that is not an instance of the first type of user activity (e.g., similar to the “BAGEL” log entry of FIG. 6R). In some embodiments, logging an instance of the first type of user activity includes displaying a selectable user interface object having an indication that the first type of user activity was completed. In some embodiments, logging an event includes displaying a selectable user interface object that does not include an indication that the first type of user activity was completed. In some embodiments, the selectable user interface objects corresponding to instances and events are editable. In some embodiments, the selectable user interface objects corresponding to events are only displayed in the Hours tab and not displayed on the Progress tab. In some embodiments, the selectable user interface objects corresponding to instances of the first type of user activity are displayed on both the Hours tab and the Progress tab. In some embodiments, initiating a log entry includes documenting the time of day. In some embodiments, if the first type of user activity is performed during a time that is not the designated subset of a recurring time period, log an instance of the first type of user activity that includes an indication that the impact of performing the first type of user activity is inconclusive (e.g., action impacts glucose measurements for the specified subset of recurring time).
[0262] In some embodiments, enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period includes enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period for a second predetermined period of time (e.g., as represented by “DAYS REMAINING” in 656a, from August 11 to August 18 as described with reference to FIGS. 6H-6X) (e.g., 7 days, 14 days). In some embodiments, after the second predetermined period of time, at least one function for logging the first type of activity becomes disabled.
[0263] The computer system, after the second predetermined time period ends, provides a goal creation user interface (e.g., 692) for display (e.g., making a goal creation user interface available for display (e.g., from a previously unavailable state)), wherein the goal creation user interface is unavailable for display prior to completion of the second predetermined period of time. In some embodiments, the goal creation user interface is an interface that corresponds to method 800. Providing a goal creation user interface for display after a predetermined time period ends permits access to the interface at a point in time when the function of the interface is relevant. Performing an optimized operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0264] Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method 700 (e.g., FIG. 7) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, method 800 optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method 700. For example, the goal creation user interface of method 800 displays a set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects, wherein the set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects are based on the logging of the type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period as in method 700. For brevity, these details are not repeated below.
[0265] FIGS. 8A-8B are a flow diagram illustrating a method for logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. Method 800 is performed at a computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600) (e.g., a smart phone, a smart watch) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g., 602) (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system; and/or a display (e.g., integrated or connected)) and one or more input devices (e.g., 160) (e.g. gyroscope, accelerometer, microphone, and/or a touch-sensitive surface). Some operations in method 800 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.
[0266] As described below, method 800 provides an intuitive way for logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
[0267] The computer system displays (802), via the display generation component (e.g., 602), a goal creation user interface (e.g., 692, 696) with a set of one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects (e.g., 646a, 648a, 648c). The set of one or more selectable user interface objects includes, in accordance with a determination (804) that a first type of user activity (e.g., the activity described with respect to 646a) (e.g., physical activity (e.g., exercise); eating or drinking certain foods) performed for a first subset of a recurring time period (e.g., the time period specified in 658 of FIG. 6S) (e.g., a particular quadrant of time each day (e.g., 6 hours of a day, morning, afternoon, evening, overnight); a day (e.g., Monday, Tuesday) within a week)) meets a first set of criteria (e.g., the criteria discussed at FIG. 6Z), a first selectable goal creation user interface object (e.g., 646a) that corresponds to the first type of user activity to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period. In some embodiments, the first set of criteria includes a criterion that is met when the first type of user activity was performed more than a threshold number of times. In some embodiments, the first set of criteria includes a criterion that is met when the first type of user activity is determined to have had a positive effect on physiological data. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the first type of user activity performed for the first subset of the recurring time period did not meet the first set of criteria, the one or more selectable goal creation user interface objects does not include the first selectable goal creation user interface object. In some embodiments, the first type of user activity performed for the first subset of the recurring time period was logged according to the method of 700. In some embodiments, the first set of criteria includes a criterion that is met when the first type of user activity has been available for a predetermined time period (e.g., a week, the duration of the action phase). In some embodiments, the goal creation user interface becomes available after the predetermined time period ends. The set of one or more selectable user interface objects includes, in accordance with a determination (806) that a second type of user activity (e.g., the activity described with respect to 648a) performed for a second subset of a recurring time period (e.g., the time period specified in 660 of FIG. 6T), different from the first subset of the recurring time period, meets a first set of criteria (e.g., the criteria discussed at FIG. 6Z), a second selectable goal creation user interface object (e.g., 648a) that corresponds to the second type of user activity (e.g., a type of activity different than the first type of user activity) to be performed during the second subset of the recurring time period.
[0268] The computer system, while displaying the goal creation user interface (e.g., 692), receives (818) a first set of one or more inputs (e.g., 694a, 694b, 698a, 698b, 698c) (e.g., taps).
[0269] The computer system, in response to the receiving (820) the first set of one or more inputs and in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input (e.g., 646a) selecting the first selectable goal creation user interface object (e.g., 646a), enables (822) logging (e.g., recording; tracking; logging via user inputs) of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period (e.g., during future occurrences of the first subset of the recurring time period) for a predetermined duration of time (e.g., 656c) (e.g., a week, 10 days).
[0270] The computer system, in response to the receiving (820) the first set of one or more inputs and in accordance with a determination that the first set of one or more inputs includes an input selecting the second selectable goal creation user interface object (e.g., a tap at 648a in FIG. 6Z), enables (824) logging of the second type of user activity during the second subset of the recurring time period for the predetermined duration of time (e.g., 656c). In some embodiments, without enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time period. Displaying first or second selectable goal creation user interface objects based on whether a first or second type of activity was performed provides the user with feedback as to what types of activities were previously performed. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0271] In some embodiments, the goal creation user interface (e.g., 696) includes (808) (e.g., concurrently, non-concurrently) a set (810) of one or more selectable user interface objects (e.g., 696a) (e.g., a text field; selectable predefined options) that, when selected, configure (e.g., identify; detail; set) a subtype (e.g., “YOGA” as discussed at FIG. 6AB) of the first type of user activity (e.g., 646a). In some embodiments, the goal creation user interface (e.g., 696) includes (808) (e.g., concurrently, non-concurrently) a set (812) of one or more selectable user interface objects (e.g., 698b) (e.g., a text field; selectable predefined options) that, when selected, configure (e.g., identify; detail; set) a time period (e.g., “AROUND DINNER” of 646a) (e.g., before a meal; after a meal; at the beginning or the end of the first subset of the recurring time period) within the first subset of the recurring time period (e.g., the time period specified in 658 of FIG. 6S) during which the first type of user activity is to be performed. In some embodiments, the goal creation user interface (e.g., 696) includes (808) (e.g., concurrently, non-concurrently) a set (814) of one or more selectable user interface objects (e.g., 696b) (e.g., a text field; selectable predefined options) that, when selected, configure (e.g., identify; detail; set) a duration (e.g., 20 minutes as discussed at FIG. 6AB) (e.g., 30 minutes; 60 minutes) for which the first type of user activity is to be performed. Displaying selectable user interface objects that configure the goal provides the user with additional control options for customizing the first type of user activity. Providing additional control options enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0272] In some embodiments, the goal creation user interface includes (808) a set (816) of one or more selectable user interface objects (e.g., 696c) (e.g., a text field; selectable predefined options) that, when selected, configure (e.g., identify; detail; set) a target number of times (e.g., “5 TIMES” as discussed at FIG. 6AB) (e.g., a goal) that the first type of user activity is to be performed (e.g., logged as performed) during the first subset of the recurring time period for the predetermined duration of time. Displaying selectable user interface objects that configure the goal provides the user with more control of the device. Providing additional control of the device enhances the operability of the device and makes the userdevice interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0273] In some embodiments, the first set of criteria is satisfied when a user activity of a given type has been performed (e.g., performed and logged) at least once during a preceding predetermined period of time (e.g., 614g, 614h, the log entries listed within 660) (e.g., an action phase). In some embodiments, the first set of criteria are met when physiological data indicates that a user activity of a given type had a target (e.g., positive) effect on a physiological parameter (e.g., blood glucose levels). In some embodiments, the goal creation user interface (e.g., 692) includes, for each given type of activity that met the first set of criteria, a selectable goal creation user interface object (e.g., 646a, 648a, 648c as discussed at FIG. 6Z) for the given type of activity that met the first set of criteria. In some embodiments, the goal creation user interface provides goal creation user interface objects for all activity types that were performed during an action phase. Displaying a selectable goal creation user interface object for the given types of activity that met the first set of criteria provides the user with additional feedback as specific activities that were performed. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0274] The computer system, after enabling logging of the first type of user activity (e.g., 6102) during the first subset of the recurring time for the predetermined duration of time, displays a representation (e.g., 6102a-6102e) (e.g., an indication; a graphical user interface object) of the target number of times (e.g., “5 TIMES” as discussed at FIG. 6AB) (e.g., a minimum number of times) that the first type of user activity (e.g., 6102) is to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period for the predetermined duration of time. In some embodiments, the representation includes an indication of the number of times that first type of user activity has already been completed during the predetermined time period. In some embodiments, the representation is seven empty circles, each representing a day, that are filled is as the first type of user activity is completed. Displaying an indication (e.g., a progress indicator) of progress towards a target number of times that the first type of user activity is to be performed during the first subset of the recurring time period for the predetermined duration of time provides the user with feedback as to what is required to meet the target. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0275] The computer system, after enabling logging of the first type of user activity (e.g., 6102) during the first subset of the recurring time for the predetermined duration of time and after the end of the predetermined duration of time (e.g., on August 24 at FIG. 6 AG), receives a second set of one or more user inputs (e.g., 6110, 6116, 6118) that correspond to feedback (e.g., 6114a along the rating scale at FIGS. 6AH-6AI) regarding the first type of user activity (e.g., feedback indicating a user’s sentiment and/or assessment of performance of the first type of user activity during the predetermined duration of time).
[0276] The computer system, after receiving the first set of one or more user inputs (e.g., after selection of 696g) and, in some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the feedback regarding the first type of user activity satisfies a first set of feedback criteria (e.g., the feedback is of a first type (e.g., negative feedback), displays a set of one or more selectable user interface objects (e.g., analogous to 696a, 696b, and 696c at FIG. 6AB) (e.g., a text field; selectable predefined options) that, when selected, modify one or more characteristics (e.g.; a target number of times the activity is to be performed; a duration for which the activity is to be performed) of the first type of user activity (e.g., modify for logging during a second, upcoming predetermined period of time). Displaying a set of one or more selectable user interface objects to modify one or more characteristics of the first type of user activity provides the user with more control of the device. Providing additional control of the device enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0277] The computer system, after enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time for the predetermined duration of time and after the end of the predetermined duration of time (e.g., on August 24 at FIG. 6 AG), receives the second set of one or more user inputs (e.g., 6110, 6116, 6118) that correspond to feedback regarding the first type of user activity (e.g., feedback indicating a user’s sentiment and/or assessment of performance of the first type of user activity during the predetermined duration of time). [0278] The computer system, after receiving the second set of one or more user inputs (e.g., after selection of 696e) and, in some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the feedback regarding the first type of user activity satisfies a first set of feedback criteria (e.g., the feedback is of a first type (e.g., negative feedback), displays a set of one or more selectable user interface objects (e.g., analogous to 648a and 648b at FIG. 6Z) (e.g., a text field; selectable predefined options) that, when selected, enables logging of a third type of user activity, different from the first type of user activity, during the first subset of the recurring time period for a second predetermined duration of time (e.g., a subsequent period of 7 days), after the first predetermined period of time. In some embodiments, display different questions based on selection of ranking affordance (e.g., what went well? What could go better?). In some embodiments, for selection of a low ranking affordance (e.g., 4 or lower), provide tips for overcoming barriers. In some embodiments, display 6 tips per action item category. In some embodiments, for selection of a high ranking affordance (e.g., 7 or higher), do not display tips and proceed to option to modify goal. Displaying a set of one or more selectable user interface objects to enable logging of a third type of user activity provides the user with more control of the device. Providing additional control of the device without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0279] The computer system, after enabling logging of the first type of user activity during the first subset of the recurring time for the predetermined duration of time, displays a progress user interface (e.g., 656) (e.g., an interface that includes representations of completed user activity(s) that have been enabled for logging), wherein the progress user interface includes: a first selectable user interface object (e.g., 656b) that corresponds to the preceding predetermined period of time (e.g., the action phase), that when selected, displays representations of logged instances of the first type of user activity for the preceding predetermined period of time (e.g., 614g, 614h, the log entries listed within 660 at FIGS. 6S- 6V) (e.g., the first type of user activity performed during the first subset of the recurring time period); and a second selectable user interface object (e.g., 656c) that corresponds to the predetermined duration of time, that when selected, displays representations of logged instances (e.g. 614i, 614j) of the first type of user activity for the predetermined period of time (e.g., the first type of user activity performed during the first subset of the recurring time period). Displaying a user interface with selectable user interface objects to view logged activities for a predetermined period of time provides the user with improved feedback as to what logged activities have been received by the computer system. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0280] FIG. 9 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for organizing user activities using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. Method 900 is performed at a computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g., 602) (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system; and/or a display (e.g., integrated or connected)) and one or more input devices (e.g., 112, 160, 602) (e.g. gyroscope, accelerometer, microphone, and/or a touch-sensitive surface). Some operations in method 900 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.
[0281] In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g., 600) is a computer system. The computer system is optionally in communication (e.g., wired communication, wireless communication) with a display generation component (e.g., 602) and with one or more input devices (e.g., 112, 160, 602). The display generation component is configured to provide visual output, such as display via a CRT display, display via an LED display, or display via image projection. In some embodiments, the display generation component is integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the display generation component is separate from the computer system. The one or more input devices are configured to receive input, such as a touch-sensitive surface receiving user input. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are separate from the computer system. Thus, the computer system can transmit, via a wired or wireless connection, data (e.g., image data or video data) to an integrated or external display generation component to visually produce the content (e.g., using a display device) and can receive, a wired or wireless connection, input from the one or more input devices. [0282] As described below, method 900 provides an intuitive way for organizing user activities. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for organizing user activities, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to logging user activities during a subset of a recurring time period faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
[0283] The computer system accesses (902) data (e.g., locally stored data stored on a storage device of the computer system and/or remotely stored data stored on an external computer system) (in some embodiments, the data is user-logged data, data collected by one or more sensors, and/or data collected by the computer system) corresponding to a first set of occurrences (e.g., data that corresponds to multiple instances of a single type of activity or multiple instances of different types of occurrences(e.g., 2 instances of walking after dinner and 3 instances of eating low-sugar foods)) of user activity (e.g., physical activity (e.g., exercise); eating or drinking certain foods), the data including: first data (904) (e.g., data corresponding to representation 6206a) that includes an indication of an impact (e.g., 6206a4) of a first subset (e.g., a type of user activity) of user activity (e.g., the “GO BIKING” activity of 6206a) on a first physiological parameter (in some embodiments, the first data is the subset of the accessed data that corresponds to a first user activity type (e.g., all data, for all instances, for a walking after dinner activity type) (in some embodiments, the indication of impact includes separate indications of impact for each of the instances of the first user activity type) (for example, in some embodiments, the first data includes data for 3 instances of the walking after dinner activity type, with discrete indications of impact for each of the 3 instances); and second data (906) (e.g., data corresponding to representation 6210a) that includes an indication of an impact (e.g., 6210al) of a second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter. In some embodiments, the first subset of user activity is a first type of activity performed during a first period of time and the second subset of user activity is the same first type of activity, performed at a second period of time that is different from the first period of time (e.g., the first subset is a walk after dinner activity and the second subset is a walk after lunch activity).
[0284] The computer system receives (908), via the one or more input devices, a request to display a first user interface (e.g., 6200) (e.g., a summary user interface, an overview user interview that includes data from multiple stages of a process, and/or a data room user interface). [0285] The computer system, in response to receiving the request to display the first user interface, displays (910), via the display generation component, the first user interface (e.g., 6200).
[0286] Displaying the first user interface includes the computer system displaying (912) a first graphical representation (e.g., 6206a) of the first data that corresponds to the first subset of user activity (in some embodiments, the first graphical representation corresponds to multiple occurrences (in some embodiments, all occurrences) of the first subset of user activity (e.g., the first representation represents three occurrences of the walk after dinner activity type)), wherein: in accordance (914) with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a first set of impact level criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a first region (e.g., 6206) of the first user interface; and in accordance (916) with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a second set of impact level criteria (in some embodiments, the second set of impact level criteria are met when the first set of impact level criteria are not met, and/or vice versa), different from the first set of impact criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a second region (e.g., 6210) of the first user interface that is different from the first region.
[0287] Displaying the first user interface includes the computer system displaying (918) a second graphical representation (e.g., 6210a) of the second data that corresponds to the second subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance (920) with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the first set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in the first region of the first user interface; and in accordance (922) with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the second set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface. Displaying representations of user activity in different regions of the first user interface based on whether sets of criteria are met based on indications of impact of the activity on a first physical parameter provides the user with feedback as to the state of the data and the nature of data (e.g., physiological data) accessed by the computer system. Doing so also automatically organizes the user interface when conditions are met, without requiring further user input. Providing improved feedback and performing operations automatically enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently.
[0288] In some embodiments, the first physiological parameter is a blood glucose level (e.g., of the user of the computer system); and the indication of the impact (e.g., 6206a4) of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter is an indication of an effect of the first subset of user activity (e.g., the effect of a single instance of a walk after dinner activity on blood glucose levels and/or the effect on whether abnormal glucose events occur relative to a baseline and/or goal) on glucose levels (e.g., abnormal glucose events such as elevated (e.g., higher than a normal and/or recommended range (e.g., higher than 125 mg/dL) glucose level events and/or decreased (e.g., lower than 70 mg/dL) glucose level events)).
[0289] In some embodiments, the first subset of user activity is performance of a physical activity (e.g., exercise) (e.g., 6206a) or consumption of a food or beverage (e.g., 6210a) (e.g., eating a meal).
[0290] In some embodiments, the first data includes data corresponding to multiple indications (e.g., 6206a4 and 6206a5) of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter (e.g., includes data that corresponds to multiple occurrences/instances of the first subset of user activity) (e.g., the first data includes data corresponding to three instances of a walk after dinner activity type). Accessing data that includes multiple indications of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter provides the user with improved feedback as to the impact of the first subset of user activity on the physiological parameter, which provides improved feedback.
[0291] In some embodiments, the first graphical representation includes an indication (e.g., 6206a4) (e.g., a graphical and/or textual indication) of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter (in some embodiments, the indication is a quantitative and/or qualitative representation of the impact (in some embodiments, the indication represents a change from a baseline level (e.g., a baseline level of physiological parameter (e.g., blood glucose) and/or a baseline level of events related to the physiological parameter (e.g., elevated blood glucose events)). In some embodiments, the first graphical representation includes a plurality of indications of the impact that correspond to a plurality of occurrences of the first subset of user activity (e.g., the first graphical representation includes three indications of impact that correspond to three separate occurrences of the first subset of activity (e.g., three instances of a walk after dinner activity type). Including an indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter in the first graphical representation provides the user with improved visual feedback as to impact of the corresponding first subset of user activity.
[0292] In some embodiments, the first set of impact level criteria includes a criterion that is met when the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter indicates that the first subset of user activity provided an impact (e.g., highest single measure level of impact and/or the highest frequency of impact) on the first physiological parameter that exceeds a first threshold (e.g., as described with respect to region 6206). In some embodiments, the first threshold is a relative threshold that is determined based on the complete set of accessed data (e.g., highest single measure level of impact and/or the highest frequency of impact within the accessed data). In some embodiments, the first threshold is a predetermined threshold established independently from the accessed data. In some embodiments, the accessed data includes a plurality of different subsets of user activity, with each subset being a different type of user activity (e.g., walking after dinner, jogging, running, swimming, taking a walk, eating a certain food, or refraining from eating a certain food) and the first set of impact level criteria corresponds to certain percentile or cohort of the accessed data (e.g., corresponds to 1/3 of the data that has the highest and/or most frequent impact on the first physiological parameter). Arranging represent representations of user activity in different regions of the first user interface based on whether the corresponding subset of user activity provided an impact that exceeds a threshold provides the user with improved feedback as to the most impactful subsets of activity. Doing so also automatically organizes the user interface based on level of impact.
[0293] In some embodiments, the second set of impact level criteria includes a criterion that is met when the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter indicates that the first subset of user activity provided an impact on the first physiological parameter that is below a second threshold (e.g., as described with respect to region 6208). In some embodiments, the second threshold is a relative threshold that is determined based on the complete set of accessed data. In some embodiments, the second threshold is a predetermined threshold established independently from the accessed data. In some embodiments, the second threshold is equal to the first threshold. In some embodiments, the second set of impact level criteria includes a criterion that is met when the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter indicates that the first subset of user activity provided an impact on the first physiological parameter that is below the second threshold but above a third threshold (e.g., is within a mid-range of impact levels). Arranging represent representations of user activity in different regions of the first user interface based on whether the corresponding subset of user activity provided an impact that is below a threshold provides the user with improved feedback as to the level of impact of certain subsets of activity. Doing so also automatically organizes the user interface based on level of impact.
[0294] In some embodiments, displaying the first graphical representation includes: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a third set of impact level criteria, displaying the first graphical representation in a third region (e.g., 6210) of the first user interface that is different from the first region and the second region. In some embodiments, the third set of impact level criteria includes a criterion that is met when the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter is a negative impact and/or an impact of a respective type (e.g., corresponds to increases in occurrences of elevated blood glucose). Displaying the second graphical representation includes: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the third set of impact level criteria, displaying the second graphical representation in the third region of the first user interface that is different from the first region and the second region. Displaying representations of user activity in different regions of the first user interface based on whether a third set of criteria is met based on indications of impact of the activity on a first physical parameter provides the user with feedback as to the state of the data and the nature of data (e.g., physiological data) accessed by the computer system. Doing so also automatically organizes the user interface when conditions are met, without requiring further user input. In some embodiments, displaying the first graphical representation includes: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter corresponds to a highest level of impact on the first physiological parameter within the first set of occurrences of user activity, displaying the first graphical representation with an indicator of a first type (e.g., 6206a6) (e.g., a graphical badge and/or text that indicates that the first subset of user activity had the highest level of impact). In some embodiments, the highest level of impact corresponds to the greatest reduction in the number of occurrences (e.g., number of occurrences relative to a baseline value, a reference value, and/or a user defined value) of elevated blood glucose in a predetermined period of time (e.g., the evening or the morning). Displaying the first graphical representation with an indicator of a first type when certain conditions are met provide improved visual feedback as to the relationship of first subset of user activity relative to the overall first set of occurrences of user activity and also automatically performs a function without requiring further user input.
[0295] In some embodiments, displaying the first graphical representation includes: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter corresponds to a most frequent level of impact on the first physiological parameter within the first set of occurrences of user activity, displaying the first graphical representation with an indicator of a second type (e.g., 6206b2) (e.g., a graphical badge and/or text that indicates that the first subset of user activity had the highest level of impact) (in some embodiments, an indicator different from the indicator of the first type. In some embodiments, the most frequent level of impact corresponds to the highest number of reductions of occurrences (e.g., number of occurrences relative to a baseline value, a reference value, and/or a user defined value) of elevated blood glucose in a predetermined period of time (e.g., the evening or the morning). Displaying the first graphical representation with an indicator of a second type when certain conditions are met provide improved visual feedback as to the relationship of first subset of user activity relative to the overall first set of occurrences of user activity and also automatically performs a function without requiring further user input.
[0296] In some embodiments, the first graphical representation includes an indication (e.g., 6206a2) (e.g., graphical or textual indication) of a level of difficulty (in some embodiments, the level of difficulty is a predetermined level of difficult assigned to the first subset of activity (e.g., to the activity type)) (in some embodiments, the level of difficulty is a user-selected/assessed level of difficulty) of the first subset of user activity. Displaying the first graphical representation with an indication of difficulty level provides improved visual feedback as the difficulty of performing the first subset of user activity.
[0297] In some embodiments, the first user interface further includes: a first selectable graphical user interface object (e.g., 6202a) that, when selected, causes the computer system to display a second user interface that corresponds to a first phase (e.g., an initial phase and/or a starting phase) (in some embodiments, a phase that corresponds to collecting initial baseline data for the first physiological parameter) of an ordered sequence of phases of a multi -phase event; and a second selectable graphical user interface object (e.g., 6202c) that, when selected, causes the computer system to display a third user interface that corresponds to a second phase (e.g., an end phase) (in some embodiments, a phase that corresponds to selecting and/or performing user activities after collection of baseline data) of the ordered sequence of phases of the multi-phase event, wherein the second phase Is after the first phase.
[0298] In some embodiments, the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a first user input (e.g., an input corresponding to representation 6206a) (e.g., a touch or air gesture, a mouse input, and/or a keyboard input) corresponding to the first graphical representation; and in response to the first user input, the computer system displays additional information (additional information regarding performance of the user activity and/or the impact of the user activity on the first physiological parameter) corresponding to the first subset of user activity that was not included in the first graphical representation. Displaying additional information corresponding to the first subset of user activity in response to an input provides additional information and feedback when requested, without cluttering the first user interface when the additional information is not required.
[0299] In some embodiments, the first representation corresponds to a plurality of occurrences of the first subset of user activity (e.g., as per representation 6206a) (e.g., three instances of a walk after dinner activity); and the additional information includes additional information for each of the plurality of occurrences of the first subset of user activity. Displaying additional information corresponding to the plurality of occurrences of the first subset of user activity in response to an input provides additional information and feedback when requested, without cluttering the first user interface when the additional information is not required. Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method 900 (e.g., FIG. 9) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described above. For example, method 900 optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to methods 700 and 800. For example, toolbox user interface of method 900 can display activities logged using method 800. For brevity, these details are not repeated below.
[0300] The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the techniques and their practical applications. Others skilled in the art are thereby enabled to best utilize the techniques and various embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated.
[0301] Although the disclosure and examples have been fully described with reference to the accompanying drawings, it is to be noted that various changes and modifications will become apparent to those skilled in the art. Such changes and modifications are to be understood as being included within the scope of the disclosure and examples as defined by the claims.
[0302] As described above, one aspect of the present technology is the gathering and use of data available from various sources to improve the delivery to users of logged user activities during a subset of a recurring time period or any other content that may be of interest to them. The present disclosure contemplates that in some instances, this gathered data may include personal information data that uniquely identifies or can be used to contact or locate a specific person. Such personal information data can include demographic data, location-based data, telephone numbers, email addresses, twitter IDs, home addresses, data or records relating to a user’s health or level of fitness (e.g., vital signs measurements, medication information, exercise information), date of birth, or any other identifying or personal information.
[0303] The present disclosure recognizes that the use of such personal information data, in the present technology, can be used to the benefit of users. For example, the personal information data can be used to deliver targeted content based on the logged user activities during a subset of a recurring time period that is of greater interest to the user. Accordingly, use of such personal information data enables users to have calculated control of the delivered content. Further, other uses for personal information data that benefit the user are also contemplated by the present disclosure. For instance, health and fitness data may be used to provide insights into a user’s general wellness, or may be used as positive feedback to individuals using technology to pursue wellness goals.
[0304] The present disclosure contemplates that the entities responsible for the collection, analysis, disclosure, transfer, storage, or other use of such personal information data will comply with well-established privacy policies and/or privacy practices. In particular, such entities should implement and consistently use privacy policies and practices that are generally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmental requirements for maintaining personal information data private and secure. Such policies should be easily accessible by users, and should be updated as the collection and/or use of data changes. Personal information from users should be collected for legitimate and reasonable uses of the entity and not shared or sold outside of those legitimate uses. Further, such collection/sharing should occur after receiving the informed consent of the users. Additionally, such entities should consider taking any needed steps for safeguarding and securing access to such personal information data and ensuring that others with access to the personal information data adhere to their privacy policies and procedures. Further, such entities can subject themselves to evaluation by third parties to certify their adherence to widely accepted privacy policies and practices. In addition, policies and practices should be adapted for the particular types of personal information data being collected and/or accessed and adapted to applicable laws and standards, including jurisdiction-specific considerations. For instance, in the US, collection of or access to certain health data may be governed by federal and/or state laws, such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA); whereas health data in other countries may be subject to other regulations and policies and should be handled accordingly. Hence different privacy practices should be maintained for different personal data types in each country.
[0305] Despite the foregoing, the present disclosure also contemplates embodiments in which users selectively block the use of, or access to, personal information data. That is, the present disclosure contemplates that hardware and/or software elements can be provided to prevent or block access to such personal information data. For example, in the case of organizing user activities, the present technology can be configured to allow users to select to “opt in” or “opt out” of participation in the collection of personal information data during registration for services or anytime thereafter. In another example, users can select not to provide data for organizing user activities. In yet another example, users can select to limit the length of time data is maintained or entirely prohibit the development of a baseline profile. In addition to providing “opt in” and “opt out” options, the present disclosure contemplates providing notifications relating to the access or use of personal information.
For instance, a user may be notified upon downloading an app that their personal information data will be accessed and then reminded again just before personal information data is accessed by the app.
[0306] Moreover, it is the intent of the present disclosure that personal information data should be managed and handled in a way to minimize risks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use. Risk can be minimized by limiting the collection of data and deleting data once it is no longer needed. In addition, and when applicable, including in certain health related applications, data de-identification can be used to protect a user’s privacy. Deidentification may be facilitated, when appropriate, by removing specific identifiers (e.g., date of birth, etc.), controlling the amount or specificity of data stored (e.g., collecting location data a city level rather than at an address level), controlling how data is stored (e.g., aggregating data across users), and/or other methods.
[0307] Therefore, although the present disclosure broadly covers use of personal information data to implement one or more various disclosed embodiments, the present disclosure also contemplates that the various embodiments can also be implemented without the need for accessing such personal information data. That is, the various embodiments of the present technology are not rendered inoperable due to the lack of all or a portion of such personal information data. For example, content can be selected and delivered to users by inferring preferences based on non-personal information data or a bare minimum amount of personal information, such as the content being requested by the device associated with a user, other non-personal information available to the content delivery services, or publicly available information.

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is:
1. A method, comprising: at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices: accessing data corresponding to a first set of occurrences of user activity, the data including: first data that includes an indication of an impact of a first subset of user activity on a first physiological parameter; and second data that includes an indication of an impact of a second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter; receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request to display the first user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, the first user interface, including: displaying a first graphical representation of the first data that corresponds to the first subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a first set of impact level criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a second set of impact level criteria, different from the first set of impact criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface that is different from the first region; and displaying a second graphical representation of the second data that corresponds to the second subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the first set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in the first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the second set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein: the first physiological parameter is a blood glucose level; and the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter is an indication of an effect of the first subset of user activity on glucose levels.
3. The method any one of claims 1-2, wherein the first subset of user activity is performance of a physical activity or consumption of a food or beverage.
4. The method any one of claims 1-3, wherein: the first data includes data corresponding to multiple indications of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter.
5. The method any one of claims 1-4, wherein: the first graphical representation includes an indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter.
6. The method any one of claims 1-5, wherein the first set of impact level criteria includes a criterion that is met when the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter indicates that the first subset of user activity provided an impact on the first physiological parameter that exceeds a first threshold.
7. The method any one of claims 1-6, wherein the second set of impact level criteria includes a criterion that is met when the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter indicates that the first subset of user activity provided an impact on the first physiological parameter that is below a second threshold.
8. The method any one of claims 1-7, wherein: displaying the first graphical representation includes: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a third set of impact level criteria, displaying the first graphical representation in a third region of the first user interface that is different from the first region and the second region; and displaying the second graphical representation includes: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the third set of impact level criteria, displaying the second graphical representation in the third region of the first user interface that is different from the first region and the second region.
9. The method any one of claims 1-8, wherein: displaying the first graphical representation includes: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter corresponds to a highest level of impact on the first physiological parameter within the first set of occurrences of user activity, displaying the first graphical representation with an indicator of a first type.
10. The method any one of claims 1-9, wherein: displaying the first graphical representation includes: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter corresponds to a most frequent level of impact on the first physiological parameter within the first set of occurrences of user activity, displaying the first graphical representation with an indicator of a second type.
11. The method any one of claims 1-10, wherein the first graphical representation includes an indication of a level of difficulty of the first subset of user activity.
12. The method any one of claims 1-11, wherein the first user interface further includes: a first selectable graphical user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to display a second user interface that corresponds to a first phase of an ordered sequence of phases of a multi-phase event; and a second selectable graphical user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to display a third user interface that corresponds to a second phase of the ordered sequence of phases of the multi-phase event, wherein the second phase is after the first phase.
13. The method any one of claims 1-12, the method further comprising: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input corresponding to the first graphical representation; and in response to the first user input, displaying additional information corresponding to the first subset of user activity that was not included in the first graphical representation.
14. The method of claim 13, wherein: the first graphical representation corresponds to a plurality of occurrences of the first subset of user activity; and the additional information includes additional information for each of the plurality of occurrences of the first subset of user activity.
15. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 1-14.
16. A computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 1-14.
17. A computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, comprising: means for performing the method of any of claims 1-14.
18. A computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a
I l l display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 1-14.
19. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: accessing data corresponding to a first set of occurrences of user activity, the data including: first data that includes an indication of an impact of a first subset of user activity on a first physiological parameter; and second data that includes an indication of an impact of a second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter; receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request to display the first user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, the first user interface, including: displaying a first graphical representation of the first data that corresponds to the first subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a first set of impact level criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a second set of impact level criteria, different from the first set of impact criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface that is different from the first region; and displaying a second graphical representation of the second data that corresponds to the second subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the first set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in the first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the second set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface.
20. A computer system configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, comprising: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: accessing data corresponding to a first set of occurrences of user activity, the data including: first data that includes an indication of an impact of a first subset of user activity on a first physiological parameter; and second data that includes an indication of an impact of a second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter; receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request to display the first user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, the first user interface, including: displaying a first graphical representation of the first data that corresponds to the first subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a first set of impact level criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a second set of impact level criteria, different from the first set of impact criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface that is different from the first region; and displaying a second graphical representation of the second data that corresponds to the second subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the first set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in the first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the second set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface.
21. A computer system configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, comprising: means for accessing data corresponding to a first set of occurrences of user activity, the data including: first data that includes an indication of an impact of a first subset of user activity on a first physiological parameter; and second data that includes an indication of an impact of a second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter; means for receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a first user interface; and means, in response to receiving the request to display the first user interface, for displaying, via the display generation component, the first user interface, including: means for displaying a first graphical representation of the first data that corresponds to the first subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a first set of impact level criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a second set of impact level criteria, different from the first set of impact criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface that is different from the first region; and means for displaying a second graphical representation of the second data that corresponds to the second subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the first set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in the first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the second set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface.
22. A computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: accessing data corresponding to a first set of occurrences of user activity, the data including: first data that includes an indication of an impact of a first subset of user activity on a first physiological parameter; and second data that includes an indication of an impact of a second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter; receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request to display the first user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, the first user interface, including: displaying a first graphical representation of the first data that corresponds to the first subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a first set of impact level criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the first subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets a second set of impact level criteria, different from the first set of impact criteria, the first graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface that is different from the first region; and displaying a second graphical representation of the second data that corresponds to the second subset of user activity, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the first set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in the first region of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the indication of the impact of the second subset of user activity on the first physiological parameter meets the second set of impact level criteria, the second graphical representation is displayed in a second region of the first user interface.
PCT/US2024/051142 2023-10-12 2024-10-11 User interfaces for organizing user activities Pending WO2025081116A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202363543923P 2023-10-12 2023-10-12
US63/543,923 2023-10-12
US18/912,506 2024-10-10
US18/912,506 US20250125027A1 (en) 2023-10-12 2024-10-10 User interfaces for organizing user activities

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025081116A1 true WO2025081116A1 (en) 2025-04-17

Family

ID=93288710

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2024/051142 Pending WO2025081116A1 (en) 2023-10-12 2024-10-11 User interfaces for organizing user activities

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2025081116A1 (en)

Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3859005A (en) 1973-08-13 1975-01-07 Albert L Huebner Erosion reduction in wet turbines
US4826405A (en) 1985-10-15 1989-05-02 Aeroquip Corporation Fan blade fabrication system
US6323846B1 (en) 1998-01-26 2001-11-27 University Of Delaware Method and apparatus for integrating manual input
US6570557B1 (en) 2001-02-10 2003-05-27 Finger Works, Inc. Multi-touch system and method for emulating modifier keys via fingertip chords
US20050190059A1 (en) 2004-03-01 2005-09-01 Apple Computer, Inc. Acceleration-based theft detection system for portable electronic devices
US20060017692A1 (en) 2000-10-02 2006-01-26 Wehrenberg Paul J Methods and apparatuses for operating a portable device based on an accelerometer
US7657849B2 (en) 2005-12-23 2010-02-02 Apple Inc. Unlocking a device by performing gestures on an unlock image
WO2013169849A2 (en) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Industries Llc Yknots Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying user interface objects corresponding to an application
WO2014105276A1 (en) 2012-12-29 2014-07-03 Yknots Industries Llc Device, method, and graphical user interface for transitioning between touch input to display output relationships
US20210252337A1 (en) * 2020-02-14 2021-08-19 Apple Inc. User interfaces for workout content
US20220093234A1 (en) * 2020-09-18 2022-03-24 January, Inc. Systems, methods and devices for monitoring, evaluating and presenting health related information, including recommendations
US20230020517A1 (en) * 2020-08-31 2023-01-19 Apple Inc. User interfaces for logging user activities

Patent Citations (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3859005A (en) 1973-08-13 1975-01-07 Albert L Huebner Erosion reduction in wet turbines
US4826405A (en) 1985-10-15 1989-05-02 Aeroquip Corporation Fan blade fabrication system
US6323846B1 (en) 1998-01-26 2001-11-27 University Of Delaware Method and apparatus for integrating manual input
US20020015024A1 (en) 1998-01-26 2002-02-07 University Of Delaware Method and apparatus for integrating manual input
US20060017692A1 (en) 2000-10-02 2006-01-26 Wehrenberg Paul J Methods and apparatuses for operating a portable device based on an accelerometer
US6570557B1 (en) 2001-02-10 2003-05-27 Finger Works, Inc. Multi-touch system and method for emulating modifier keys via fingertip chords
US20050190059A1 (en) 2004-03-01 2005-09-01 Apple Computer, Inc. Acceleration-based theft detection system for portable electronic devices
US7657849B2 (en) 2005-12-23 2010-02-02 Apple Inc. Unlocking a device by performing gestures on an unlock image
WO2013169849A2 (en) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Industries Llc Yknots Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying user interface objects corresponding to an application
WO2014105276A1 (en) 2012-12-29 2014-07-03 Yknots Industries Llc Device, method, and graphical user interface for transitioning between touch input to display output relationships
US20210252337A1 (en) * 2020-02-14 2021-08-19 Apple Inc. User interfaces for workout content
US20230020517A1 (en) * 2020-08-31 2023-01-19 Apple Inc. User interfaces for logging user activities
US20220093234A1 (en) * 2020-09-18 2022-03-24 January, Inc. Systems, methods and devices for monitoring, evaluating and presenting health related information, including recommendations

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12164748B2 (en) User interfaces for logging user activities
US11152100B2 (en) Health application user interfaces
JP2020075152A (en) Health data aggregator
US12278918B2 (en) Utilizing context information with an electronic device
US12400765B2 (en) Health event logging and coaching user interfaces
US20230081032A1 (en) Low-bandwidth and emergency communication user interfaces
US12354718B2 (en) User interfaces related to clinical data
US11915805B2 (en) User interfaces for shared health-related data
US20240161888A1 (en) User interfaces for shared health-related data
US11868461B2 (en) User interfaces for sharing an account with another user identity
US20240402881A1 (en) Methods and user interfaces for sharing and accessing workout content
US20230389806A1 (en) User interfaces related to physiological measurements
US20240080389A1 (en) Crash detection user interface
US20250125027A1 (en) User interfaces for organizing user activities
US20240143553A1 (en) User interfaces for messages and shared documents
WO2025081116A1 (en) User interfaces for organizing user activities
US12232878B1 (en) Atrial fibrillation user interfaces
US20250279171A1 (en) User interfaces related to clinical data
US20250103178A1 (en) Navigation of user interfaces
US20240402967A1 (en) User interfaces for conditionally prompting to perform an operation

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24798705

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1